Home

Owners Manual - Dealer e

Contents

1. 4 99 BUb Wii aE E 8 2 Automatic climate control SYSTE ogrir 4 80 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 8 Air conditioning 30 4 86 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 81 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 82 i2 C California perchlorate notice cisisices2econdtecsedevateacsivaceszones 7 76 Camera Rear view rr 4 60 Capacities Lubricants siriani 8 4 Capacity Weight cxenacansicactrcesuetssnsaatassasesaadaseeneseecaesenasnatannss 8 3 Care Exterior CAI PIPPO ERI RICO ORARI AR 7 67 COE AC ian 7 71 Lidi ina 7 36 CONE 5 51 Center console storage gen cccsccssnncwssnensenadsdeducosveseatonsseaeds 4 90 Central door lock switch rr poni 4 21 Certification label PIRRO O ERG se eea 5 49 CICORIA kr 8 6 Chains edi ai 5 43 Changing tires with spare tire 6 13 Checking tire inflation PISSSUTE pcciain 7 37 Child restraint SO zii porariosnprisaresonenicnziani 3 26 Lower anchor system scri 3 32 CAG OG IE aeea EE EE 3 28 Tether anchor Systemi os2s22 sss sac esussasedncsavcasadsanncnases 3 30 Child protector rear door lock 4 22 Climate control air Dltert a nn 4 78 7 28 Clock HII iis 4 95 MS SATS nani 4 96 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 43 Compact spare tire with spare tire 6 18 Compact spare tir
2. Starting the engine A WARNING Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle Unsuitable shoes high heels ski boots etc may interfere with your ability to use the brake accelerator pedal and clutch if equipped 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position The starter will not oper ate if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition swi
3. Press car gam buttons to enter the Category List Mode The display will indicate the category items highlight the category that the current channel belongs to Features of your vehicle In the Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list Press ENAA button to select the low _ _ gf a SETUP est channel in highlighted category o EN aO If channel is selected by selecting cat egory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen MD_USA_XM 7 Search Button Press the button to display the songs next to the currently played song press the button to display the songs before to the currently played song 8 LAU Button Press the MMES button to play the select song Features of your vehicle 7 NOTE A CAUTION IN USING SITE Bluetooth phone compatibility can be BLUETOOTH CELLULAR Do not place the phone near OF checked by visiting PHONE Inside metaie objects OtNerWISE www hyundaiusa com and under the Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related features You will not be able to use the hands free
4. WARNING e This system is a supplementary function only It is the responsibil ity of the driver to always check the inside outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If the lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally NOTICE The rearview camera may not operate normally in extremely high or low temperatures operating temperature 13 F 149 F 20 C 65 C HAZARD VANDAG FRASTER The SERE warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to kee
5. Features of your vehicle Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Priority in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing proce dure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Delete in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ accord ing to audio specifications Incoming Volume Bluetooth call vol ume adjustments While in ADVANCED menu select In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired volume and press the button Contacts Sync
6. If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Do not rev up the engine This may cause engine over heating transaxle damage or failure and tire damage Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes Do not drive with y
7. While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet ing or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions 1If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximate ly one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OMD040017 Window opening and closing To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OMD040019 Auto down window if equipped driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window movement Features of your vehicle OMD040018 Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momen tarily pull the switch in the direction oppo site of the window
8. e At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home Dial Number Ex Dial 911 Call By name By number By phone Change name Delete name Features of your vehicle Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to eliminate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may disturb recogniz ing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command E Making a Phone Call Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call t
9. in such collisions Side impact and curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Safety features of your vehicle rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit irene 1JBA3516 not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact OBH038060 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle CO ce 18 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle 1JBA3522 1JBA3517 e Just before impact drivers often brake e Front air bags may not inflate in heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation beca
10. Air conditioning OFF mode Push the A C button to turn the air condi Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli tioning system on indicator light will illu mate control system However you can minate still operate the mode and air intake but Push the button again to turn the air con tONS as long as the ignition switch is in ditioning system off the ON position Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e f warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield NOTE Be sure to keep the interior surface of the windshield clean by wiping it with a clean cloth and glass cleaner This will help reduce the tendency of the glass fogging and also improve visibility Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield OMD040120N 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the amp or WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be
11. E OWNNER S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may findsmaterialin this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle CAUTION MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way Such modifications may adversely affect the per formance safety or durability of your Hyundai and may in addition violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab lished by the U S Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies TWO WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems For this reason we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instruc tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WA
12. Hazardous driving conditions pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid When hazardous driving conditions are ae e aa Fanti a Gan age to the transaxle encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering miras CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle The ESC system should be turned OFF OBH058035L prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights OMC035004 dn i n i i i Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at n
13. Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OMD030036N OMD030037 OMD030038N OMD030039 OMD030052N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Frontimpact sensor 4 Side pressure sensor Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillars or front door where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired
14. OTF030036 Side impact air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Safety features of your vehicle WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be pl
15. Your vehicle has a maintenance free e When you dont use the vehicle calcium based battery for a long time in the low temper the battery becomes discharged in a El LEONE the battery and short time because for example the store it indoors headlights or interior lights were left on e Always charge the battery fully to while vehicle was not in use jump start prevent the battery case from the vehicle from another battery and run being damaged in low tempera the engine at least 20 minutes at idle tures i before driving Do not turn off the engine e If you connect unauthorized elec for 30 minutes total of idle and or driving tronic devices to the battery the as the battery may not have sufficient battery may be discharged Never recharge to start use unauthorized devices Maintenance WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order Turn off the battery charger main switch Unhook the negative
16. mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Maintenance E3 E23 gt Z E3 3 OBH078040 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu
17. 0 0 SARRI ERI E RR RE E EA 5 17 Air Dag Warnie OEM ioni 3 37 Aux USB and iPod port 4 97 CUIARdEDI ria 3 51 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 46 B Occupant detection SYSTEM 3 41 SIGE impact att DAB isestereiineesierepusinkerpietsenesnii 3 30 Pae ina 7 33 SRS components and functions 3 37 Battery saver PUNGHON lrn 4 61 Air cleaner icc waccdev acess dccesenadsodtocscatiddendoaasdeleatevetacdaaancetees 7 27 Before driving a ee ee ee eee ate conii 5 3 Alarm SY SUC csi 4 15 Bottle holders see cup holders 4 93 Antenna BIAS a cecedasearssnsestionsanaosssannsanacosytacteavetsavenesnenect 4 98 Brake ari 5 21 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 24 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 24 Appearance CADE RPPRPIO PRO RBR ENCORE RAR COGI ARIA 7 67 Electronic stability control ESC 5 26 PSO CAS RR RR A A 7 67 Parking brake cscvisisioncsvonisvesscentirodanvevovevevnondivonsnvenns 5 22 Jpterior CALC suscrcrinrivone oraria 7 71 Power brake ooooocoooooooooooooooooocoooooooooooo cece 5 2 Molli 3 11 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 29 Audio system VR RAS ETA errr re 4 98 Brakes clutch fluid reee eeke eeoa 7 25 Glass ANTENNA rana 4 98 5100 at replacement eriseeria 7 58 Steering wheel audio control
18. 32 C temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km in freezing temperature G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold J Driving over 106 mph 170 km h weather K amp Frequently driving in stop and go conditions E Driving in sandy areas Maintenance 11_ uwei t __ ___ ___________ cGcGcc lt _cca lt amp amp i EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filte
19. 7 25 Washer fluid 7 26 Parking brake 7 26 Air cleaner 7 27 Climate control air filter 7 28 Wiper blades 7 30 Battery 7 33 Tires and wheels 7 36 Fuses 7 49 Light bulbs 7 58 Maintenance Appearance care 7 67 Emission control system 7 73 California perchlorate notice 7 76 Maintenance E O lt lt 5 lt 5 lt 5 lt lt lt lt 4 4 4a4 lt Z2a4 lt 4 a r1i ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake clutch fluid reservoir Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Fuse box Air cleaner Radiator cap Engine coolant reservoir 0 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped t a O ON OA ha WN The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Ca DENLER OMD070047N Maintenance _ __ _______ _ _ vTgvreeel g g ge ed 5 MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has f
20. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this sec tion N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive Sports mode _ OMD050012 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Driving your vehicle NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance w
21. C041000AUN Air bag warning light The purpose of air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS W7 147 When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position OMD030050N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passengers seat only 11 Occupant classification system Front passenger s seat only el Safety features of vour vehicle 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner 14 Side pressure sensor eo The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner
22. NOTICE oo ton 1 to the Lock position If the door Always remove the ignition key engage is locked properly the red mark 2 on the parking brake close all windows the button will not be visible and lock all doors when leaving your To open a door pull the door handle vehicle unattended 3 outward If the inner door handle on either front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the locked position the door will unlock and open Features of vour vehicle Driver s door With central door lock switch OMD040192N if equipped Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch and front door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed e If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or ped
23. Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed DISP SCAN j FO 6 MD USA iPod 3 EE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 4 GB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 5 MES Button CATEGORY Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed Press button You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category 6 ANZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY TITLE Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle MD_USA_iPod 7 Search Button Press the button to display the songs next to the currently played song press the button to display the songs before to the currently played song 8 Ewa Button Press the AMUS button to play the select song Features of your vehicle MD_USA_XM Us
24. Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal If you leave the engine start stop button in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging ON e with manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal e with automatic transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the button in the ON position if the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging START e with manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutch pedal and brake pedal then press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position e with automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position NOTICE If you press the engine start stop but ton without depressing the clutch pedal on manual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal on automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the engine start stop button changes as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF e If you leave the engine start stop but ton in th
25. Tar igni 5 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Remove the bulb by pulling it out 7 Inset a new bulb by insetring it into the socket 8 Install the socket in the assembly by SM i aligning the tabs on the socket with the Tum signal g slots in the assembly Push the socket l into the assembly and turn the socket OMD070035N clockwise Stop Tail light and turn signal light 5 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Stop Tail Ke OMD070034 3 Loosen the assembly retaining nuts 7 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into 4 Remove the rear combination light the socket and rotating it until it locks assembly from the body of the vehicle into place 8 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise dn i eel Maintenance 8 Install the light assembly to the trunk 9 Reinstall the nuts and connector and then the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw OMD070039 a A OMD070040 eae it re
26. e Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name dn i i n i n Features of your vehicle Deleting Name Bluetooth Audio Speaker Adaptation The registered names can be deleted Speaker adaptation will improve perform ance of voice recognition system to a Press button particular user voice Say Phonebook This will degrade the performance for Say Delete Name after prompt other users Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm e Record Press J button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press button for 10sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of vour vehicle m Key matrix Class Paired H P Connected Disconnected i Comeeted Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call Empty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active ONE Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR SHORT MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Speaker Speaker LONG Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only E
27. one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance n EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 60 months 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 66 months L Rotate tire Q Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant L Replace engine oil and filter 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots 2 Add fuel additive 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler U Inspect front brake disc pads calipers 2 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively INSEE RESIS ile secot di aupa If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km
28. s movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close drivers windows and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed 1 Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 1 in 2 5 cm If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is low ered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Features of your vehicle CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try
29. specifications You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8 4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner s Manual Copyright 2011 Hyundai Motor America All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1 What are Hyundai Genuine Parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles They are designed and tested for the optimum safety performance and reli ability to our customers 2 Why should you use genuine parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi neered and built to meet rigid manu facturing requirements Using imita tion counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty Lal da rs le a ata Genuine A100A01L In addition any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty How can you tell if you are purchas ing Hyundai Genuine Parts Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package see below Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to are packaged with labels written only in Engl
30. starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS gt Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock the door with a key all vehi cle doors will lock automatically if equipped e From the drivers door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door locks
31. the air conditioning will operate continuously Features of your vehicle OMD040115 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Press the left temperature control but ton to adjust the driver side tempera ture Press the right temperature con trol button to adjust the passenger side temperature When the driver side temperature is set to the highest or lowest temperature set ting the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Press the left temperature control but ton The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Celsius as follows While pressing the MODE button depress the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Celsius or from Celsius to Fahrenheit DUAL OMD040117A Air
32. the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key for ignition key and turn the engine start stop button to the OFF position for smart key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate Safety features of your vehicle i sessi OMD030047N Occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant classification system in the front passenger s seat The occupant classification system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant classifica tion system Main components of occupant classification system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat frame e Electronic system to determine whether the front passenger air bag system should be activated or deactivated e A warning light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASS AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deac tivated e The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occupant classification system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sit
33. 0 Ra nside light 4 Take the light assembly out 1 Open the trunk 5 Remove the socket from the assembly 2 Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk by turning the socket counterclockwise lid cover and then remove the cover until the tabs on the socket align with 3 Disconnect the connector and then the slots on the assembly remove the nuts by turning the nuts 6 Remove the bulb by pulling it out counter clockwise 7 Insert anewbulb by inserting it into the sockei Maintenance m OMD070042 High mounted stop light replace ment 1 Open the trunk 2 Remove the socket by turning it coun terclockwise until the tabs on the sock et align with the slots 3 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise OMD070046 License plate light bulb replace ment 1 Remove the cover by pressing it as direction of the arrows 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 3 Install a new bulb 4 Reinstall in the reverse order Maintenance Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver ge
34. 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole 1 and turn it to the lock i position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of vour vehicle OMD040013A Opening the trunk e Press the trunk unlock button for more than 1 second on the transmitter or smart key or e Press the button on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession Or Insert the master key into the lock and turn it clockwise i 0MD040014 e To open the trunk from inside the vehi cle pull the trunk lid release switch Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates trunk locks and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving Closing the trunk To close the trunk lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened always check by trying to pull it up ag
35. 2 Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid 2 Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections 2 Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped 2 Inspect parking brake 2 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months _ Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace engine oil and filter 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months L Add fuel additive 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months 1 2 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 54 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose L Replace engine oil and filter 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 108 months L Add fuel additive 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 108 months Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available
36. If this occurs select another ings mountains or other obstructions large obstructions between the trans SARO MIL tion er Sinas These can result in certain listening con mitter and your radio can disturb the Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals ditions which might lead you to believe a signal causing static or fluttering nois being received from several directions problem exists with your radio The fol es to occur Reducing the treble level can cause distortion or fluttering This lowing conditions are normal ane Janot may lessen this effect until the distur can be caused by a direct and reflect bance clears ed signal from the same station or by indicate radio trouble signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed dn i i i n Features of vour vehicle Satellite radio reception e If you are driving on a mountain road NOTE You may experience difficulties in receiv where is the signal blocked by moun There may be other unforeseen cir ing XM satellite radio signals in the fol tains cumstances leading to reception prob lowing situations lems with the XM satellite radio sig nal Mountains TREN SA a e Buildings Unobstructed area Iron bridges SATELLITE2 SATELLITE e If you are driving in an area with tall e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m ered parking area or more
37. Open the hood 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Loosen the screws with a screwdriver 4 Pull the headlight assembly out to the front of the vehicle 5 Disconnect the power connector s from the back of the headlight assem bly Low High OMD070028N Headlight bulb Iow high 6 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 7 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward 9 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly 10 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 11 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 12 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Side marker Turn signal OMD070055N Front turn signal bulb Follow steps 1 to 5 from previous page 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by
38. Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcula
39. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced 2 Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped DES l RR ae A 8 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace engine oil and filter 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months Q Add fuel additive 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months Maintenance MR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 120 months L Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition U Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 2 Inspect front brake disc pads calipers _ Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Inspect brake clutch if
40. When the air flow rate suddenly found have the system inspected by an decreases the system should be authorized HYUNDAI dealer checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Driver s temperature control button Front windshield defrost button Air intake control button LCD display AUTO automatic control button OFF button Fan speed control knob Mode selection button 9 Dual temperature control selection button 10 Passenger s temperature control button 11 Rear window defrost button 12 Air conditioning button ON OOF WD OMD040109A Features of vour vehicle i OMD040110A Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Push the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting 2 Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting the air conditioning system will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windshield defros
41. and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components NOTICE You can change the system to unlock all doors by turning the key to the right once Central Door Unlock Mode Unlock mode can be switched between Two Stage Unlock Mode and Central Door Unlock Mode as follows Press the lock button and unlock button on the transmitter at the same time for 5 seconds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times dn i el Features of your vehicle e Front door cannot be locked if the igni tion key is in the ignition switch and the door is open e A door cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open 7 omDo40011 e To lock a door without the key push the Operating door locks from inside inside door lock button 1 or central the vehicle door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi With the door lock button PA OMD040191A tion and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi will lock automatically ble e To lock a door push the door lock but
42. automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h dn i i i Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed OMD050035N To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruis ing speed and the system is still activat ed the most recent set speed will auto matically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES switch to resume the speed OMD050033N To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on
43. back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections e Be sure that all windows outside mir Fluid levels such as engine oil engine ror s and outside lights are clean coolant brake fluid and washer fluid e Check the condition of the tires should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up dn i Driving your vehicle Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so t
44. by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road d WARNING Protecting TPMS Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driv er of low tire pressure condi tions and or TPMS malfunctions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party compliance responsible for could void the user s authority to operate the equipment j What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH SPARE TIRE IF EQUIPPED ti Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing
45. chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion Vehicle Chime Light Blink Below 3 mph d Buckled gt 3 mph TEN Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mphj 6 sec on 24 sec off 10 km h 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h 6 seconds Unbuckled 4 4 Below 3 mph Stop 5 km h Warning pattern repeats 11 times with interval 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immedi ately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Turn signal indicator lt The blinking arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Tail light indicator DEL This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With t
46. dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately S
47. for example on an road that e If you are driving beneath the top level goes through a dense forest of a multi level freeway e The signal can become weak in some e If you drive under a bridge areas that are not covered by the XM e If you are driving next to a tall vehicle repeater network such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal e If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment N CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of disc If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventilation before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners an
48. from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the button will not illuminate when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment dn i n i i i Features of your vehicle OMD041107L Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan OMD040108 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning
49. generator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID OMD070006N Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system or clutch if equipped checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed lt should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Maintenance WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check th
50. in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident have an author ized HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat A 1 Using a child restraint sy stem OMD030019 For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions Safety features of vour vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats E2MS 103005 Placing a passenger seat belt into the automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following proce dure Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency locking mode you must manually change these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint Safety features of your vehicle OMD030053A To ins
51. intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Features of vour vehicle Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected CES Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the button will not illuminate when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment OMD040114 Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Features of vour vehicle DUAL OMD040118A OMD040119A
52. lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between e PE La F and L Me uk dey 0MD070002N A CAUTION PEL if a IM 0MD070008N Checking the engine oil level e Do not overfill with engine oil If itis near or at L add enough oil to bring 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground Engine damage may result the level to F Do not overfill 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Do not spill engine oil when normal operating temperature adding or changing engine oil If Use a funnel to help prevent oil from 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few you drop the engine oil on the being spilled on engine components minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to engine room wipe it off immedi m o return to the oil pan ately Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and ties in section 8 re insert it fully Maintenance ED HYUNDAI RECOMMENDS Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the begin ning of this section ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level
53. liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation ONF048120 Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit ter reprogramming dn i i ni i Features of your vehicle CAUTION The transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmi
54. lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving OMD040030 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving OMD040031 Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passi
55. mi or km TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 miles 0 0 to 999 9 km Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 F d ry ie a 4 OMD040059N Distance to empty mi or km This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 miles 50 km will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meters working range is from 30 to 999 miles 50 to 999 km IS MPG i d F fy A OMD040065N Average fuel economy if equipped MPG or 1 100 km This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average econ omy reset The total fuel used is calculat ed from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 0 03 miles 50 m Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel econo my is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 6 MPH 1km h after being refueled with more than 1 6 gallons 6 the average fuel economy will b
56. minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance af aa i Laa ee li ci a NI i fe read wear indicator f i n i a Y gu TRE za I iL z i osi 4 L i on n aj e un i Lar at du i e aa To k i koo a _ b i 2 A gt y i Elo I IR Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire Wy OEN076053 WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires if moving from radial to bias ply tires Continued Continued e Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident e Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI s spec
57. n el What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables i pet Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle Booster i battery Jumper gt terminal CAUTION ai A peli a Da P e ie VQA4001 Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 f the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the
58. numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2011 j Maintenance E 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire man ufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply construc tion the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the s
59. of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don t have to change speeds unneces sarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your car uses Driving at a moderate speed especial ly on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consump tion e Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result fr
60. only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OMD060003 Jack and tools The jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench What to do in an emergency e OFEN Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly OBH068002L Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergency OMD060006 1JBA6504 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Insert the screwdriver into the jack jack handle and spare tire groove of the wheel cap and pry from the vehicle gently to remove the wheel cap If 5 Block both the front and rear of the equipped wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position What to do in an emergenc ET eT _ _eri OMD060009 OYF069019N OMD060008 7 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun 8 P
61. or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below iii matta BR OA EEA Features of your vehicle MD_USA_USB Using USB device 1 RS Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become displayed on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previ ous mode 2 HEB Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 3 HEB Button REPEAT e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder To cancel REPEAT press this button again 4 EGL Button e Press the WGI button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Pr
62. or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit LI Replace engine oil and filter 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months L Add fuel additive 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months Maintenance W o r P rpNM WMNIE o FD IIiIt M amp t r1 r r NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 72 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler L Inspect front brake disc pads calipers _ Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid 2 Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped 2 Inspect parking brake 2 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap 2 Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace air cleaner filter L Replace engine oil and filter 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months Q Add fue
63. other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting a i ced What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over 4 Check to see if the water pump drive 6 If you cannot find the cause of the heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the en
64. pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioners will not be activat ed if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximate ly 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possib
65. s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a colli sion dn i i n i n Safety features of your vehicle Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest sup port and lower the headrest 3 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height OMD030025 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seat cushions during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON posi tion push either switch to warm the seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol or gaso line Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on
66. selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corre sponding button manually Features of your vehicle OMD042121L To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically OMD040122N Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually If the Y position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OMD040123N To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button t7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the Y position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle Defogging logic When defogging logic is operating the air intake is controlled automatically You can t control the air intake according to certain conditions such as or WY position to re
67. snow or ice on the road Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance E 1 ae 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P195 65R15 94H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 195 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s se
68. soon as possible Driver s front air bag n OMD030033 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG or AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box Passenger s front air bag OMD030034A The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s seat posi tion the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seat belts are fastened These sensors pro vide the ability to control the SRS deploy ment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A secon
69. system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle n i el Driving your vehicle OMD050
70. the brightness of the instrument panel illumi nation The illumination intensity will show on the LCD screen OMD042207N Fuse switch message The message FUSE and ON blinks in turns to inform the driver to turn on the fuse switch in the instrument panel under the steering wheel For more details refer to Fuses in sec tion 7 MPH ws A vi TIRI ta a Talia 40 00 emn 0 BO 150 ele OMD040044N Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour Features of your vehicle OMD040046N Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine When the door is open or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age OMD040048N Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine over
71. the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light amp or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces Driving your vehicle me bai OMD050032N CRUISE indicator SET indicator The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without resting your foot on the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be activat ed unintentionally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the
72. the previous page Drivine vour vehicle OMD050030 Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road conditions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating e When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO but ton again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Limitation of Active ECO opera tion If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator e When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted e Vhen using sports mode The system will be limited according to the shift location e When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each
73. the volume will increase Select whether long file names are scrolled decrease continuously On or just once Off e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected 7 531 Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the knob to move the cursor between items and push the NUE button to select Features of your vehicle e XM Select default display of XM mode Cat Ch or Artist Title can be selected e PHONE Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information e PBASS PowerBass This function creates virtual sound effects and allows adjustments to the Bass level Off Low Mid High Off AM Mode is not supported e AUDIO Select the item to change the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE tune mode Press the button to select each mode and rotate the knob clockwise or counter clockwise BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the
74. tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and dviding by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire pe
75. to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system tace Loval Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor amp Defrost Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle S C luster we lonizer 4 OMD040113A Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OMD040104N Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown E Driver E Front passenger Cluste we lonize OMD040116 Temperature control The temperature will increase by pushing the up button Each push of the button will cause the temperature to increase by 1 F 0 5 C The temperature will decrease by pushing the down button Each push of the button will cause the temperature to decrease by 1 F 0 5 C When set to the lowest tem perature setting
76. to the side window defrosters and side vents Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side vents n i el Features of your vehicle OMD040103 MAX A C Level B D if equipped To operate the MAX A C turn the fan speed control knob to the right then press the MAX A C button Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically OMD040104N Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OMD041105L Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature inside the vehicle turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of vour vehicle E Type A E Type B OMD041106L Air intake control This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position E CES The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air
77. 00 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Do not let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time Introduction Introduction 47 __ t2mqkb 1l l l l l l lJ l 1 VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main pur pose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hit ting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehi cle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and pas senger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better und
78. 016 Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Driving your vehicle ESC operation ESC ON condition e When the ignition is turned ON ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illumi nate for approximately 3 seconds then ESC is t
79. 4 38 Mirrors 4 40 Instrument cluster 4 43 Rear view camera 4 60 Hazard warning flasher 4 60 Lighting 4 61 Wipers and washers 4 66 Interior light 4 68 Defroster 4 70 Manual climate control system 4 71 Automatic climate control system 4 80 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 87 Storage compartments 4 90 Interior features 4 93 Audio system 4 98 Features of your vehicle Features of vour vehicle a KEYS IF EQUIPPED Key operations Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors I OBK049113N Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal er to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle n i n i n i Features of your vehicle Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with an elec tronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be vali
80. AUDIO CONTROL 1 EWA Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches from FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1 gt FM2 gt AM FMI1 2 KTZ Button e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 3 PRESET Buttons e Press W Ma buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button Press EIB J buttons more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the cur rent station to the respective button with a beep 4 S28 Button Turn MD_USA_RADIO the LCD Display amp Backlight ON OFF when button press 5 Bes Button When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel Features of your vehicle e MAIN SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to enter the Scroll and Select this item to turn the SDVC feature SDVC setup On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed MD_USA_RADIO 6 Button amp Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e lf the knob is turned clockwise counter aoe l clockwise
81. Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select Contacts To automatically save the con tacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by bluetooth audio system while the phone book is being downloaded F eatures of vour vehicle Language of Bluetooth voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu press Language To change the language select the desired language and press the button Bluetooth system off While in ADVANCED menu select BT Off to turn off the Bluetooth System E Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth System can be acti vated in the following conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times
82. BS NOTICE A CAUTION After heavy driving rain or washing If you don t have necessary tools headlight and taillight lenses could the correct bulbs and the expertise appear frosty This condition is caused by consult an authorized HYUNDAI the temperature difference between the dealer In many cases it is difficult lamp inside and outside This is similar to replace vehicle light bulbs to the condensation on your windows because other parts of the vehicle inside your vehicle during the rain and must be removed before you can doesn t indicate a problem with your get to the bulb This is especially vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp true if you have to remove the head bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked light assembly to get to the bulb s by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Use only bulbs of the specified wattage Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system Maintenance saare ri OMD070026 Headlight position light turn sig nal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Front turn signal light Position light OMD070053N 4 Side marker 5 Front fog light if equipped ND n i n i i Maintenance ice eS es 0MD070027N 1
83. CSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine te el Maintenance iue w q q J lt lt J J sm m s NNNMnmm _ _ Z T GS E_ O aaa I izzi i _ 3 Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions system carbon monoxide The Exhaust Emission Control Systemis Carbon monoxide can be present with a highly effective system which controls other exhaust fumes Therefore if you exhaust emissions while maintaining smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside good vehicle performance your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Vehicle modifications e This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or dura bility and may even violate governmen tal safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Maintenance n luU ll Is Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out o
84. ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button Driving your vehicle CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving e ESC should remain on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface NOTICE e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminated e Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Good braking practices Driving your vehicle After parking the vehicle check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes light ly until the braking action returns to nor mal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance Do not coast down hills with the car out of gear This is extremely hazardou
85. G When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and or instrument panel and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated 6 o S x yer Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passengers seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle eo S
86. H TRUNK AMP 1 sae o 49 Smart Junction Box Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay ARISU 2 4CH IPS 1CH IPS 2CH FUSE P SEAT DRV SUNROOF B UP LP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror A V amp Navigation Head Unit Rear Combination Lamp In LH RH M T Back Up Lamp Switch BCM Instrument Cluster TCU 1 M T Vehicle Speed Sensor A T Transaxle Range Switch ABS 3 ESC Module Multipurpose Check Connector ECU 3 Stop Lamp Switch M T ECM A T PCM WIPER Rain Sensor M T ECM A T PCM 5 Smart Junction Box Leak Current Autocut Device FUSE FUSE MODULE 1 PDM 1 PDM 2 DR LOCK 4 IG 2 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch Start 1 Relay With Smart Key PDM 4 IG2 Relay Start 1 Relay ABS 2 ESC Module Multipurpose Check Connector 60A EMS Box Engine Control Relay FUSE ECU 4 A CON F PUMP OA OA OA Maintenance Description Fuserating Protectedcomponeni O W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM 3 IG1 Relay PDM 2 ACC Relay PCM AT ECM M T A CON A C COMP Relay INJECTOR Injector 1 2 3 4 A C COMP Relay F PUMP Relay ECU 2 PCM A T ECM M T FUSE IGN COIL 1 Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser SENSOR 2 Immobilizer Module Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oxygen Sensor UP DOWN Canister Close Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Purge Control Solenoid Valve C FAN LO Relay C FAN HI Relay Maintenance LIGHT BUL
87. L e Push the lever upward to increase the volume e Push the lever downward to decrease the volume 2 PRESET SEEK N V The SEEK PRESET button has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 second or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN button 3 MODE Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM 4 MUTE if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section el Features of vour vehicle FM radio reception I ss na JBM001 D300800AHM How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos s
88. R Neck restraints see headrest 3 6 3 9 Refill 3 9 Rear View CAIN CLG cc csniatnnaiessonsadevedenseaesatenecensesemcaesenenoeas 4 60 O Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 36 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Occupant detection SY zii 3 41 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 5 8 1 0 11 5 E E E E 4 47 Refrigerant VAD Cl cncpesevesenetsdaresanacahacenapsaesaeceunneninascucuenncneta 8 7 ONERI ia 7 21 Remote EIA RR A 4 12 Online factory authorized manuals 8 9 Replacement light bulb s22sccosstosnetoanssexaccegredsaccecannduna 7 58 Outside rearview MTOR spina 4 40 Reporting Sale by GCC Sarri 8 9 ROW CLORO AA 6 6 TRO ACW GRMN ca cannonnceavantescenganatataceasdeessancenessswaccncemnncsenes 6 2 Owner maintenant ridire 7 4 Rocking Retna 5 38 P S Pierri 5 22 Scheduled maintenance Service cccscesveacecseevednctctesasdaemonsees 7 6 Parking brake INSp Ct asrorini inana 7 26 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 17 Passenger s front air Dag ira 3 46 Normal maintenance Schedule 7 7 Power Drakes PRE DR nnne RAE ER 5 21 Seat belt warning ansuces sncesecenasocresananateessnesenecesmeesesaacause 3 16 PRI 4 94 SAC siano 3 15 Power window lock button 4 28 Driver s 3 point system with evergency Pre tensioner SCAU DEI prin 3 20 MOC KS reactor n 3 17 POSSA sca cncetsnnceasmaeeseacassacsauccessqena
89. R VIN LABEL VIN label sai OBH088005N OMD080001 The vehicle identification number VIN is The VIN is also on a plate attached to tte The vehicle certification label attached the number used in registering your car top of the dashboard The number on the on the drivers side center pillar contains and in all legal matters pertaining to its plate can easily be seen through the the vehicle identification number VIN ownership etc windshield from outside The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger s seat To check the number open the cover Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL pe OMD070054N OMD060012N The tires supplied on your new vehicle The engine number is stamped on the The refrigerant label is located on the are chosen to provide the best perform engine block as shown in the drawing underside of the hood ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your car dn i o i n n ll Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been pre pared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U S Department of Transportation Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions you
90. RNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING CAUTION and NOTICE These titles indicate the following CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided F3 FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive Hyundais The advanced engineering and high quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we re very proud Your Owner s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai It is suggested that you read it care fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal er Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high quality service maintenance and any other assistance that may be required HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA Note Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual if you sell this Hyundai please leave the man ual in the vehicle for their use Thank you A CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai
91. TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated i Features of your vehicle f MD_USA_CD Using CD Player 1 LAS Button CD If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 SEH Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 3 HB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 EGLAS Button e Press RO button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the
92. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Continued Continued e When the vehicle is stationary if you turn the steering wheel all the way to the left or right continuously the steering wheel becomes heavier from the end But this is for your safety not system malfunction As time passes the steering wheel return to its normal condition e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition e When the charging system warning light comes on or the voltage is low When the alternator or battery does not operate normally or it malfunc tions the steering wheel may get heavy and become difficult to control operate abnormally Features of your vehicle Tilt steering Tilt and telescope steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges 4 CICLI t P alia rag gett gt SS ombo40029 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the
93. Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more infor mation about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap sho
94. __ __ 1 II T TI IUVSVGSSCOQO SMOG EO 0IRI SIMILARE OR OTO CACACE 5 39 CC OTIC gt ti anioni E 4 44 PR eE E 5 17 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 3 SPIN STICCRtIO rirararara 5 6 5 10 SEO iaia 4 38 Electric power Steering nina 4 38 FIOM ESEE EE E EA E 4 39 USER A A O EEE 4 39 Steering wheel audio control cccccccscscsncsaneedsdesssrvedevsaesuead 4 99 Storage Compartment lirici 4 90 Center console storage ian cni ocerorucsoaceenscasesscssaesaeaseaueds 4 90 OVE DOR sirra E EA EEEE 4 91 Luggage net holder rioni irirarazioninti 4 92 MU DOS sr 4 92 Sliding APT CS APRIRE erreien reann ORA E 4 90 Solaro 4 91 DU 1aSS ROSE satnacuccasncnediencotanccaenosnesnecdsvecnsvacdesuansuecs 4 91 REE OI QRS AREA RA PRIA RESP RR A T N E E CEREA AR 4 34 SUONA 1S OM O ARI RPC RAR REFER RARA PIRO OO 4 93 ELOS 4 45 Technical data tire mobility Kit 6 25 Tether anchor Sy SI ocenenia ENA EEN NANETS 3 30 Fheft alarm elio 4 15 RO 4 39 Index Dre chalg LR AT 5 43 V Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Vehicle break in process cssscssdvesrssaiecenssieniatwosteroneeeteewsons 1 5 Tires and WAGES aironi ant pinrii 7 36 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Checking tire inflation pressure 1 37 Vehicle data co
95. ac tory trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform A
96. aced on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued Continued Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant classification system Curtain air bag if equipp N Fy LI Ng OMD030043 ed Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions Safety features of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact WARNING e o r
97. act spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF es nei Qi HTT Tee da mil pm Payee E 030010 Please read the instructions before using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle A WARNING For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use OYN069018 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50 mph 80 km h in order to reach a vehicle or tire dealer to have the tire replaced It is possible that some tires especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire M
98. activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the engine start stop button to the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key To activate the immobilizer system Turn the engine start stop button to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates automatically Without a valid smart key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the smart key The engine may not start because the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from trans mitting normally NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer n i n i n n n Features of your vehicle CAUTION The transponder in your smart key is an important part of the immobi lizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service how ever you should avoid exposure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer sys tem malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments o
99. acuum hose 2 Replace engine oil and filter 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months Add fuel additive 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives dn i n i n i Maintenance O amp __________ ___ ______ e_o o_o o r r o ro o_o o o _r__ ___ua NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Inspect front brake disc pads calipers 2 Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid 2 Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped 2 Inspect parking brake 2 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace engine oil and filter 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months Q Add
100. afety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere
101. after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your near est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates or blinks potential catalytic converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driv ing conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will oper ate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating The ESC indicator stays on when the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate wh
102. ai Dunmore Move to paren press the button to display the ay each song in the or 10 seconds To folder of th rrent folder and displ i i older ot the current folder and display songs next to the currently played song cancel SCAN Play press this button again the first song in the folder press the button to display the 8 EL Button Press Al gam buttons to move songs before to the currently played song Displays the information of the current song to the folder displayed e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title ENTER Artist Total Track 11 GW Button e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Press the button to play the Album Folder Total Files Not dis select song played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file Features of vour vehicle NOTE 2 Folder playing order Order of playing files folders If no song file is contained in the 1 Song playing order to sequen folder that folder is not displayed tially J Folder D Song File Root FolderA gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA P gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA Folder BB Folder AA a Folder ABB Folder AB Folder ABA rai Folder BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after start
103. ain n i i n i n Features of your vehicle Tanur k OMD040015 Emergency trunk safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release cable located inside the trunk The lever glows in the dark when the trunk lid is closed If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk pulling this handle will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions OMD040016A Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls that door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle The power win dows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors open the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period NOTICE
104. aint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries S i a2
105. aintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 6 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose L Replace engine oil and filter 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Q Add fuel additive 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 2 Inspect front brake disc pads calipers _ Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped Continued Continued 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months O Add fuel additive 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 18 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect v
106. air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped LI Inspect brake hoses and lines L Replace engine oil and filter 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Add fuel additive 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months U Inspect front brake disc pads calipers a J Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped ci should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced J Inspect rear brake drumsilinings if equipped 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec LI Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer upper arm ball joint along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 Replace engine oil and filter 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months Q Add fuel additive 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months Maintenance C ____________________ _____ __o_ o ooo o _ouorrooo ou oo _oorrrrrr NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 mi
107. always be lift ed not the rear OMC045012 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and tow A CAUTION ing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended HXD03 Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OMD060010 Removable towing hook if equipped 1 Open the trunk lid and remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use e e _______ OMD060007 Emergency towing if equipped If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck service If to
108. ame load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on speci fied government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Maintenance nnn TT Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the gene
109. an Oy esa an collisions depending on the crash sever A i SRO e itv anal d di impact Th rtain In order for side and curtain air components of the side curtain ity angle speed and impact ihe curtai bags to provide the best protec ir bags are not designed to deploy in all air bag system This should only a pag lot designed to deploy tion front seat occupants and dani b POT E side impact situations collisions from the outboard rear occupants should e done by an authorize front or rear of the vehicle or in most sit in an upright position with the HYUNDAI dealer Failure to follow the above instruc tions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent rollover situations seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked posi tion Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Continued Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision
110. anel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Normal Blown Three kinds of fuses are used blade type Cartridge type Normal Multi fuse Main fuse for lower amperage rating cartridge type A CAUTION OCT ape ONE and multi fuse for higher amperage rat Do not use a screwdriver or any ings other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Normal OLM079051N A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced o sm E OMD070018 OMD070017 un Instrument panel fuse replace 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out ment Use the removal tool provided in the 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other engine compartment fuse panel switches off 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 2 Open the fuse panel cover i l 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not ne
111. aner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake clu
112. at tery cables AX WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention Continued Continued If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation e When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners e Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected Continued Maintenance Battery recharging CAUTION
113. at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate Checking the coolant level RA Continued e Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cool ing system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury electric motor cooling fan is con trolled by engine WARNING coolant temperature The d Re refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed lt may some times operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant tem perature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition Maintenance OMD070004N Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L mark
114. ate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation lt could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety J OMD050015 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Drivine vour vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle a
115. beginning of current song e Press HiS button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press S EK button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song CAUTION Do not inserta CD if CD indicator is lit 5 CD Eject Button e Press WEB button to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status 6 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected Features of your vehicle 9 GLE Button FOLDER e Press CAT button to move to child folder of the current folder and display DISP SCAN 7 E the first song in the folder eo Press BER buttons to move F IMD USA CD to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder 7 EZ Button a prior ff 2 10 Search Button PI h in the CD f Ti OSS n
116. brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When repairing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at igni tion coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 If the engine still does not start call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance dn i n i
117. brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt CAUTION A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Inspect your drive belt for proper ee aat n inni i all e a re aa ee a ser p _ a _ r Pal j in MM AI MELI LAI a E N eS 0MG015008 Hiahwav drivin l tension or have your Hyundai deal g y g er inspect this at the normal service Tires intervals listed in section 7 Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING 1883305 More severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize winter driving problem you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the
118. by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by a ttt bumps or objects on unimproved roads 1JBA3515 the air bags may deploy Drive carefully Air bag non inflation conditions on unimproved roads or on surfaces not In certain low speed collisions the air designed for vehicle traffic to prevent i bags may not deploy The air bags are rs unintended air bag deployment designed not to deploy in such cases _ Fs because they may not provide benefits i beyond the protection of the seat belts cm pa A a
119. c etcanewe ey ce 4 66 6 Ignition switch Engine start stop button 5 5 5 8 ACOR SA E E E 4 95 Audo ert meee ae 4 98 Hazard warning flasher SWILE oe eae e rene 4 60 6 2 10 Climate control system 4 71 4 80 He On levee ee Soe eee 5 12 5 15 12 Parkmg Drakea n o ee 5 22 13 Passenger s front air bag 3 46 1A Glove boxe a 4 91 if equipped OMD010002N l E m n i A Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine oil filler cap rc e 7 21 2 Engine oilkdipStick maaana 7 21 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 25 4 Positive battery terminal 7 33 5 Negative battery terminal 7 33 GARUSS DOX eee nam na 7 50 TAlclegner bene nt 7 27 8JRadialorCapefot o steer ies eres 7 24 9 Engine coolant reservoir 7 23 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 26 The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Ca DENLER OMD070047N Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 15 Child restraint system 3 26 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 34 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Driver s seat 1 Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat cushion height Seat warmer Front passenger s seat 6 Forward and backward 7 Seatback angle 8 Seat warmer 9 Headrest Rear seat 10 Seat warmer 11 Armrest 12 Hea
120. car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C Do not use the sealing compound after its expiration date which can be found on the label of the bottle Keep away from children A CAUTION The Tire Mobility Kit is a tempo rary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible A CAUTION When using Tire Mobility Kit the tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor After using the Tire Mobility Kit have the tire pressure sensor checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer __ j What to do in an emergency 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OAM060015L Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor speed restriction 6 On off switch 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the 8 Butto
121. clamp from the negative battery terminal Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal WARNING Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Operation related to the battery should be done in an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 M OMD060012N sizes and pres sur
122. cle if nec essary to protect it from potential theft Smart key precautions e The smart key will not work if any of the following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle e When the smart key does not work cor rectly open and close the door with the mechanical key and contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or other liquids it will not be covered by your manu facturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Smart key immobilizer system Your vehicle is equipped with an electron ic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the smart key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you turn the engine start stop button to the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key it checks and determines and verifies if the smart key is valid or not If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To de
123. commendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is mov ing A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the seats are in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Safety features of your vehicle Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no dama
124. could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed e Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the small er size a tire chain will not fit proper ly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the comp
125. cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system which may increase the vehicle speed A CAUTION During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal n i n i E i n n Driving your vehicle OMD050033N OMD050036N OMD050035N To set cruise control speed 3 Push the SET switch and release it at To increase cruise control set 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the the desired speed The SET indicator speed steering wheel to turn the system on light in the instrument cluster will illumi Follow either of these
126. ction height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 15 Rim diameter in inches 94 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX15 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 15 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance COE Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 130 mph 210 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 240 km h 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of
127. d the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction A CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may pre vent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adju
128. d in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Never leave children unattended Continued e Never use an infant carrier or a in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked
129. d indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECO indicator if equipped ECO Active ECO system if equipped When the active ECO is operating the ECO indicator is green For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Air bag warning light z A ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the SRS air bag warning light 8 does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on c
130. d magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player dn i i i n Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710MD dai Bean There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported MD USA RADIO Features of your vehicle 3 MD_USA_RADIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and
131. d stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger s seat The occupant classification system detects the pres ence of a passenger in the front passen ger s seat and will turn off the front pas senger s air bag under certain condi tions For more detail see Occupant classification system in this section Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability please contact the Hyundai Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 633 5151 NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximu
132. d temperature Air conditioning All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the recir culated air position However pro longed operation of the reticulated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE e While using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temper atures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating e Opening the windows in humid weather while air conditioning oper ates may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electri cal equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed kk el Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been park
133. den loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator if equipped Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rear brake rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced I OMD050014 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then pull up the park ing brake lever as far as possible without pressing the release button In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the appropri
134. dicator Door open position indicator if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 OO Parking brake amp Brake fluid IAA warning light Low fuel level warning light Front fog light indicator J Engine oil pressure warning light if equipped HS S 2 Ey 40 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button 0annenaaaaa 4 20 2 Outside rearview mirror control SWILE ESSE O DI 4 41 3 Central door lock switch 4 21 4 Power window lock switch 4 28 5 Power window switches 4 25 6 Hood release lever 4 29 MPAclive EGO buttonif lt Prorore ne 5 35 8 Instrument panel illumination control SWEA a ea 4 44 ESC OFF DURON ae een 5 26 TOFFUSE DO A e tee eee 7 50 11 Brake pedal 12 Accelerator pedal 13 Trunk lid release switch 4 23 14 Fuel filler lid release switch 4 31 15 Steering Wheeli Latina 4 38 16 Steering wheel tilt or telescope COMO ERE 4 39 if equipped mg OMD012001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Instrument cluster essre 4 43 2 HON a a enna 4 39 S Diversion ally Wace eee 3 46 4 Light control Turn signals 4 62 5 MMIPperWashee n
135. dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximate ly 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge 8 OMD040096 will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition Map lamp switch in the ACC or LOCK Push the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on position the map lamp and the Automatic turn off function or off This light produces a spot beam for room lamp stay on for about 20 if equipped convenient use as a map lamp at night or minutes However if a door is The interior lights automatically turn off as a personal lamp for the driver and the opened with the ignition switch approximately 20 minutes after the ig
136. do in an emergency OUN046019 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations N CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a
137. drest 13 Seatback folding knob trunk if equipped OMD030001A Safety features of your vehicle d WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats AX WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback AX WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate
138. drive too fast What to do in an emergency CAUTION If the inflation pressure is not maintained drive the vehicle a second time refer to Distributing the sealant Then repeat steps 12 to 15 Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 0 16 in 4 mm Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealer if the tire can not be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in 170 x 150 x 60 mm Sealant bottle 3 3 x 3 0 in 85 x 77 mm Compressor weight 1 8 lbs 0 8 kg Sealant volume 12 2 cu in 200 ml j What to do in an emergency TOWING It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the HXD02 front of the vehicle should
139. driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal dn i ke Driving your vehicle WARNING Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim Its WARNING
140. duce the probability of fog ging up the inside of the windshield To cancel or return the defogging logic per form the following steps OMD040124 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Press the defrost button W9 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the system resets to the pro grammed defogging logic OMD040125 Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button W 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake control button blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the system resets to the pro grammed defogging logic el Features of vour vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to store small items CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartments Always keep the storag
141. dules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant classification sys tem Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Continued have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued equipped with the occupant clas sification system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restr
142. e s User s Guide for instructions Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Pair in PHONE menu The audio displays Device Name passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pair ing process NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is HMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from HMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR or HMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Select in PHONE menu n i ed
143. e ACC or the ON position for a long time the battery may be dis charged dn i i i n n Driving your vehicle Starting the engine 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Depress the brake and clutch pedal fully Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 4 Press the engine start stop button 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Driving your vehicle CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehi cle is still moving and press the engine start stop button in an attempt to restart the engine e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle but it is not close to the driver s seat area then the engine may not start When the engine start stop button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the s
144. e Te PlACCMeML vc cac eocesecessaarsecaversetoness 7 41 Components of the tire mobility kit 6 22 Consumer information cpr ariana 8 8 CODA criniera 1 22 Cooling fluid see engine coolant i 7 22 Crankcase emission control system 7 73 Cruise control SY StCIM ac ocacicexanccapioeeneessiadaeeidesnatsysiceteecss 5 31 COP DOET PRA RO SOR A CI CA 4 93 CURE ia 3 51 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination i 4 44 Dashboard see instrument cluster 0 4 43 DA 1 S WITS MICIA os sucscsrenedncisancsexasdadericvacdesesesiened 4 87 Defogging logic Windshield 4 87 Defroster Rear window 4 70 Defrosting WIGS BIGIG sie ciececisenassrnsnsicnsbevencopvecapendnamness 4 87 BO OC E E A TE 4 95 DACI 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel Idle 4 44 Displays see instrument CIUSIEL ssiccssvcissecsvoceanvanteccoassnns 4 43 POOL nni 4 19 Central door lock switch eeccccceeseeeeeeeeees 4 21 Index Re ee 7 amp 1t1 l C GG D0 0O 0 000000000 00 0000__6 _ __ Child protector rear door lock 4 22 Drinks holders see cup HOIdErS riiicniani 4 93 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking retractor cciiccrineoienansoni np ntipora
145. e can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion dn i el Maintenance C 0___1 EE _ArrooOeO_ Y_eTrrrrr rrrrPPTPPTP T _ High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For al
146. e cleared to zero Features of your vehicle OMD040071N Average speed MPH or km h This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps changing while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero OMD040074N Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps increasing while the engine is running The meters working range is from 00 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 00 00 NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1 6 gallons 6 liters of fuel are added to the vehicle e The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available dn i i i Features of your vehicle Warnings an
147. e com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage OMD040127 all OMD040128 compartment cover cannot close f securely Center console storage Sliding armrest if equipped To open the center console storage pull To move forward up the lever Grab the front portion of the armrest 1 then pull it forward To move rearward Push the armrest rearward with your palm Features of your vehicle OMD040129 OMD040130 Glove box Sunglass holder To open the glove box push the button To open the sunglass holder press the and the glove box will automatically cover and the holder will slowly open open Close the glove box after use Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment OYF049225 OMD040131N Luggage net holder Multi box if equipped To open the cover if equipped move To keep items from shifting in the cargo the lever up then the cover will open area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder AX WARNING Hot liquids Do n
148. e fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windshield washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE OMD050014 Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 Ibs 20 kg 196 N Maintenance a Sees OMD070010 bi ee OMDO070012 2 Wipe the inside of t
149. e selection buttons 6 Temperature control knob 3 Rear window defroster button 7 Fan speed control knob 4 MAX A C Max airconditioning button 8 A C Air conditioning button if equipped if equipped OMD040100A OMD041100L Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Na Cooling Se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on if equipped TERE OMD040102A Features of vour vehicle Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield side window defrosters and side vents Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed
150. eat Above 6 mph The driver s seat belt warning light and 10 km h 6 seconds chime will activate to the following table Unbuckled 4 4 when the ignition switch is in ON posi Below 3 mph Stop tion 5 km h Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle B180A01NF 1 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly Front seat i Height adjustment Front You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 4 positions for max imum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so
151. eat is occupied the occupant classification sensor_will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds WARNING Do not put a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat Do not hang onto the front passenger seat Do not hang any items such as a seatback table on the front passenger seat back Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback Do not place any items under the front passenger seat Any of these could interfere with proper sensor operation WARNING e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant clas sification system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indi Continued e Accident statistics show that Continued e Do not place an electronic device cator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occu pied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably e
152. ed for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse PE OMD070019 Fuse switch Always put the fuse switch at the ON position If you move the switch to the OFF posi tion some items such as audio and dig ital clock must be reset and transmitter or smart key may not work properly CAUTION Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehichle OMD042207N Fuse switch message If the fuse switch is in the OFF position the message FUSE and ON blinks in turns to inform the driver to turn on the fuse switch Maintenance i a 0MD070020 Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up dn i n i n i Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from water contact Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows Main fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 1 Remove
153. ed in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale e During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic e If you operate air conditioner exces sively the difference between the tem perature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the position and
154. ee the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them e When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Maintenance E Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye
155. eeee gga 6 23 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 51 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 51 119 Index SSS A ldleirRi T 6 uu Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 39 C1 replacement ova sccinacclacsonsiusanaceendtonatnarneaniedaantenassetee 7 41 Willa 4 25 Auto down window ii 4 26 Auto up down window sisi 4 27 Power window lock button sisitsccceseesanecseectacheivanatacsed 4 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 87 DAOLIO sersmasonrarniaregr euir an eun eR A 4 89 WIN sulla ia 5 42 SOW ECS PORTATORI EEA A E T EE 5 42 JO RR E 5 43 Wiper DIAC ARR A 7 30 Wipers and washers sr 4 66 PIE ERE RR R RR o o o eEOO O O OE MS SASAooOoOAOAII5I56IN N IN
156. een treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any cleaners containing acid or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance n Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produce cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicl
157. eep the seat belts from being trapped behind or under the seats the vehicle 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback rearward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position Safety features of your vehicle Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system WARNING For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car Is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and no
158. el e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone dn i i ni n Features of your vehicle E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone 7 When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM amp UW m Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth cel lular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone user s manual and press the but
159. elltale illuminates when one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated Inflate your tires to the correct inflation pressure The low tire pressure telltale will illumi nate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible For details refer to the TPMS on chapter 6 Features of your vehicle Automatic Transaxle shift indicator The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected Manual transaxle shift A indicator if equipped Kd v This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear wa Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th gear Charging system warning light ii This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as pos
160. en the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated dn i n i i i Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator light in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator light turns off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system or Smart cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise con trol switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Electronic power steering EPS system warning light EPS This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS needs repairs If it comes on while driv ing have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Ste
161. en the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which normally can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the air bag Safety features of vour vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists WARNIN
162. ensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision or side collisions is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt NOTICE The pre tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag FE Ad 4 3 OMD030051N 1 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Both the driver s and front passen ger s
163. ents of the fuel system CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run clean er and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more infor mation on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 7 500mile or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are available from your author ized HYUNDAI dealer along with infor mation on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 0
164. eplacement 1 With the glove box open remove the stoppers by turning them counter clockwise on both sides Maintenance f 0MD070015 OVG079016 2 Remove the climate control air filter 3 Replace the climate control air filter cover 2 while pressing the lock 1 on 4 Reassemble in the reverse order of the right of the cover disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other com
165. equipped fluid 2 Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections 2 Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped 2 Inspect parking brake 2 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 2 Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Continued Continued 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace engine oil and filter 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months O Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Addit
166. er Indicator CLIGHTER 208 e e sie _ AMP Power Outside Mirror Switch Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Digital Clock Audio Tire Pressure Monitoring TINA Digital Clock BCM Instrument Cluster Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module sere a spree a p y MODULE 3 7 5A Maintenance Description Fuse rating_ Protected component LOD 10A Luggage Lamp Vanity Lamp LH RH Room Lamp Overhead Console Lamp D Ignition Key III amp Door Warning Switch W O Smart Key iA Sport Mode Switch A T Key Solenoid W O Smart Key E SPARES ICM Relay Box Rain Sensor Relay Multifunction Switch Wiper Motor MICRA eon E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay MODULE 5 Cluster lonizer Auto A C Rain Sensor Sunroof an PDM 1 Smart Key Control Module SPARE 5 20A A CON A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay Tire Pressure Monitoring Module BCM Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Instrument Cluster 0 D 4 10A Data Link Connector Smart Junction Box Upgrade Connector Electro Chromic Mirror A C Control Module Digital Clock P WDW LH P WDW LH Relay Driver Safety Power Window Module DR LOCK Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay ICM Relay Box Two Turn Relay P SEAT DRV Driver Seat Manual Switch Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component MDPS EPS Control Module Smart Junction Box ARISU 1 4CH IPS 1 FUSE PAWDW LH P WDW R
167. er revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First e If stalled in snow mud or sand use and R Reverse in vehicles equipped second gear Accelerate slowly to with a manual transaxle or R Reverse avoid spinning the drive wheels and any forward gear in vehicles e Use sand rock salt tire chains or equipped with an automatic transaxle other non slip material under the drive Do not race the engine and spin the ra A wheels to provide traction when stalled wheels as little as possible If you are still ci i in ice snow or mud stuck after a few tries have the vehicle
168. ering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check automatic transaxle P Park function Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal At least monthly e Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hing
169. ering effort may increase significantly if this lamp illuminates See EPS system in this section Features of your vehicle Key reminder warning chime if equipped Without smart key If the drivers door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This helps prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed With smart key If the drivers door is opened while the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the driver s door is closed KEY OUT indicator KEY if equipped OUT When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the sys tem checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indi cator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Features of your vehicle REAR VIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED 0MD040091 OM D040092N The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the monitor while backing up
170. ersion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M but tons at the same time for more than 4 seconds For example if the H and M buttons are pressed for more than 4 seconds while the time is 10 15 p m the display will be changed to 22 15 1 OMD040196A Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 F 1 C increments The temperature range is between 40 F 176 F 40 C 80 C e The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive dn i i ed Features of your vehicle e Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows Press the H and M buttons at the same time for more than 1 seconds but less than 3 seconds The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit lt n OUN026348 Clothes hanger if equipped To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of hanger CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes because it may damage the hook Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sl
171. erstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa tion occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi tions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR spe cial equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufactur er other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A Seat belt warning light Charging system warning light Trunk open warning light High beam indicator Malfunction indicator light Tail light indicator Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator if equipped Turn signal indicator Air bag warning light S n ME ESC indicator n indi CRUISE ise indi ESC malfunction indicator Cruise indicator ECO indicator if equipped aos oe ESC OFF indicator Samm Cruise SET indicator Electric power steering EPS system warning light if equipped ie 5 n ABS warning light Immobilizer in
172. es Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check the air conditioning system Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level cel Maintenance EE iiill ii iiik lt kX __ w llitt b Torrrrrrrrrrereerrrrr_r_r rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrPPTrrrr _ SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles 240 000 km continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance n EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following m
173. es can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar All specifications CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards CAUTION Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible N CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup e Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly w
174. ess the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed f MD_USA_USB 5 Bie Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 ANZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information 7 Button CATEGORY e Press CAT button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press button e Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the fold er Press button Features of your vehicle GETOP nl MO MD_USA_USB 8 Search Button Press the button to display the songs next to the currently played song press the button to display the songs before to the currently played song 9 Ai Button Press the NMS button to play the select song Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files wil
175. estrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended di WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped All doors will be automatically unlocked when the impact is delivered to impact sensors while the ignition switch is ON However the doors may not be unlocked if mechanical problems occur with the door lock system or battery Se a OMD040007 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door
176. event overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tem peratures especially if used for long periods of time In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OMD030013 Seatback socks if Sauisadi WARNING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants Safety features of your vehicle ONF039401 Rear seat Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant
177. f moves to the desired the sunroof and regularly remove position the dust using clean cloth ni ABE Features of your vehicle OBK049019 Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with the glass panel automatically when the glass panel is opened You will have to close it manually if you want it closed CAUTION The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 2 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof completely Release the control lever Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever Within 3 seconds push and hold the control lever forward for more than 5 seconds until the sunroof is operated as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE CLOSE SLIDE OPEN Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly For more detailed information contact Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering EPS The po
178. f the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additional
179. f the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process 2E NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 e Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message
180. f the front Bal passenger seat n Safety features of your vehicle iB Co ey When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the pas senger air bag If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat WARNING Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is illumi nated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a crash If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator remains illuminated after the adult passenger repositions themselves properly and the car is restarted it Is recommended that passenger move to the rear seat because the passenger s front air bag will not deploy Front seat passengers must stay properly seated to avoid serious injury from a deploying air bag NOTICE The PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion or after the engine is started If the front passenger s
181. f when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys tem inspection and necessary repairs dn i i cl Features of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a dual diagonal braking system This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Low tire pressure telltale if equipped o The low tire pressure t
182. fan speed con trol to the lower speed Outside air 7jRecirculated 7 4 air f i Blower i r Climate control Heater core IM Evaporator air filter core 0MG075033 Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle x NOTICE Checking the amount of air con Xx NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the ditioner refrigerant and compres Itis important that the correct type and Maintenance Schedule sor lubricant amount of oil and refrigerant is used If the vehicle is being driven in severe When the amount of refrigerant is low Otherwise damage to the compressor conditions such as dusty rough roads the performance of the air conditioning is and abnormal system operation may more frequent climate control air fil reduced Overfilling also has a negative occur ter inspections and changes are influence on the air conditioning system required Therefore if abnormal operation is
183. feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Continued communications with Bluetooth system or cellular service sta tions can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case storing the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly SERVICE amp PARTS BLUETOOTH COMPATIBILITY menu e Areas that can be checked 9 areas such as Pairing Connection Handsfree Calling Streaming etc Features of vour vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 eR button Raises or lowers speak er volume 2 WUS Mute the microphone during a call 3 button Activates voice recognition 4 button Places and transfers calls 5 button Ends calls or cancels func tions m What is Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo head
184. from the illustration Information Provided by 6 DEAL rem030022 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from seri ous physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate by the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors deter mine whether the sensors send out an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limit ed to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag betwe
185. fter dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve G270202AUN Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant tempera ture is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the P
186. fuel additive 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months 1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 3 i lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 2 Maintenance Cee ers NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 108 months 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 114 months 2 Rotate tire Q Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition U Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect vacuum hose L Inspect air conditioning refrigerant L Replace engine oil and filter 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 228 months 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Add fuel additive 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 228 months 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers
187. fuel additive 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 30 months Q Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped L Replace engine oil and filter 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months L Add fuel additive 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months x1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric tion surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives wo Maintenance EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 36 months 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 42 months L Rotate tire 2 Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect vacuum hose U Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Replace engine oil and filter 2 Inspect brake
188. g Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips Safety features of your vehicle When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract OMD030018N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 H To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again Safety features of vour vehicle 0ED030300 Pre t
189. ge is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer dn i i n i n Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system WARNING e A child re
190. ght ahead What to do in an emergency Emergency towing precautions Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off CAUTION Automatic transaxle e If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neu tral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing e Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 4 Scheduled maintenance service 7 6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 18 Engine oil 7 21 Engine coolant 7 22 Brake clutch fluid
191. gine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the car If the air con overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it ditioning had been in use it is normal halfway mark is safe to do so for cold water to be draining from it 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic When you stop further signs of overheating If over transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air con ditioning is on turn it off lf engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance heating happens again call an au
192. gon Utah Washington Wyoming Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20850 Fountain Valley California 92728 0850 800 633 5151 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov BINDING ARBITRATION U S A ONLY Any claim or dispute you may have relat ed to your vehicle s warranty or the duties contemplated under the warranty includ ing claims related to the refund or partial refund of your vehicle s purchase price excluding personal injury or product lia bility claims shall be resolved by binding arbitration Binding arb
193. hat all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse AX WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs Is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING e When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress
194. he air cleaner Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching You can clean the filter when inspecting clips the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage condi tions in this section CAUTION Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a HYUNDAI genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor and engine CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in e A 3 severely air polluted cities or on dusty Sy AX rough roads for a long period it should ey be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents OMD070013 Filter r
195. he brake pedal must be depressed and the lock release button must be pressed NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat abrupt This is a nor mal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module ius The shift lever can be moved freely e Depress the brake pedal when shifting OMD050010 ed Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the transaxle do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the P Park brakes on LINA Always come to a complete stop before When stopped on an incline do shifting into P Park This position locks not hold the vehicle stationary the transaxle and prevents the drive with engine power Use the serv wheels from rotating ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION
196. he engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light O BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go of
197. he release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle I OMD030011 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Wwe OMD030014N 1 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows OFF HIGH aiic gt LOW s TMM ZII AIN dt e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on x NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature dn i o i n n Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To pr
198. he steering wheel right and left to release the tension el Driving your vehicle ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warn ing lamp can be checked in this position A WARNING Ignition switch Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manu al transaxle or P Park for auto matic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these pre cautions are not taken Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The pres ence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an accident
199. he turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit Features of your vehicle OAM049046 Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch 1 is turned to ON after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor or unnecessary battery and generator drain could occur Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to Sh ensure proper operation A i gt A CAUTION ee aT Si ji When starting the vehicle in winter ina set the wiper switch in the OFF SSA OYF049100 ovf049102 position Otherwise wipers may A Wiper speed control Windshield wipers CO MIST Sing
200. heats in section 6 CAUTION If the gauge moves beyond the nor mal range area toward the H posi tion it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle OMD040050N CAUTION Fuel Avoid driving with a extremely low Ger gadge o fuel level Running out of fuel could The fuel gauge indicates the approxi cause the engine to misfire damag mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel ing the catalytic converter tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is near empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank Features of vour vehicle OMD040052 Trip computer The trip computer is a microcomputer controlling the driver information system It displays information related to driving on the LCD screen when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the battery is disconnected then all stored driving information except odometer is reset Average speed Elapsed time OMD040053N Odometer mi or km The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed Features of your vehicle d d Ni a 4 OMD040057A Tripmeter
201. here the SRS sensors are but also the modification of other parts of the vehicle may affect the SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and pro cedures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle Additional s
202. hile refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED Reston eye NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not wo
203. his label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line AX WARNING Over loading e Never exceed the GVWR for Continued Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts including tires on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can calculate the weight of your load by weigh ing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Be careful not to over load your vehicle Continued and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehi cle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry i
204. hoses and lines 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots L Add fuel additive 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 2 Inspect front brake disc pads calipers 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec brake disc nads ii d ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace engine oil and filter 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72 months Q Add fuel additive 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72 months dn i i i i n Maintenance MR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition U Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 2 Inspect front brake disc pads calipers _ Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts
205. hts 5 A E FASTON 8W tem Tim Front tread 61 5 1563 61 0 1549 61 1 1551 62 0 1576 61 5 1562 61 6 1564 Wheelbase 106 3 2700 1 with R15 tire Luggage lamp FASTON 5W 2 with R16 tire with R17 tire eng UIP ee Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts TIRES AND WHEELS Normal load 1 Ibeft kgem Nem frst hear Fmi Rear pasese P195 65 R15 6 0Jx15 32 220 32 220 32 220 Full size tire Inflation pressure psi kPa Wheel lug nut torque P205 55 R16 6 5Jx16 32 32 220 32 220 32 220 P215 45 R17 7 0Jx17 32 220 32 220 32 220 32 220 65 79 Compact 6 9 11 88 107 spare tire T125 80D15 4 0Tx15 if equipped Normal load Up to 3 persons 2 If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire you will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly CAPACITY WEIGHT Gasoline 1 8 Gross vehicle weight Ibs kg 3792 1720 L uggage volume 14 8 420 cu ft 1 n i n i n n n Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubrica
206. i tion and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks When operating the clutch pedal press the clutch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting It is important to downshift when you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up or down steep hills Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life e
207. ible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage Features of vour vehicle FM radio station Ga Station 2 88 1Mhz JBM003 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high Fading As your vehicle moves away Station Swapping As a FM signal frequencies and do not bend to follow the from the radio station the signal will weakens another more powerful sig earth s surface Because of this FM weaken and sound will begin to fade nal near the same frequency may broadcasts generally begin to fade at When this occurs we suggest that you begin to play This is because your short distances from the station Also select another stronger station radio is designed to lock onto the clear FM signals are easily affected by build Flutter Static Weak FM signals or est signal
208. iding forward Features of your vehicle The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle so that it will not interfere with the pedal e Ensure that the floor mats are secure ly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle e Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors e Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manu factured with drivers side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation HYUNDAI recommends that only the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed af SS aux ipod USB OMD040140 Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and a USB port to plug in a USB or use the HYUNDAI accessory ipod cable the plugs into both ports to connect an ipod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertain
209. ifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control e The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Maintenance n 000000 Compact spare tire replacement if equipped A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain
210. ight Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the
211. in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacit
212. ing XM satellite Radio Your vehicle is equipped with 3 months complimentary period of XM Satellite Radio XM provides access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming 1 Button Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode XM mode toggles in order to XM1XM2 XM3 XM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 KTZ Button e Push iS button for less than 0 8 second to gt select previous channel e Push button for 0 8 second or longer to continuously move to previ ous channel e Push SEEK button for less than 0 8 second to select next channel e Push button for 0 8 second or longer to continuously move to next channel e Radio ID Seek or Tune to XM channel 0 to display the Radio ID 3 PRESET Buttons Push SEHD EJ buttons less than 0 8 second to play the channel saved in each button Push Preset button for 0 8 second or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep DISP scan nro f 4 MD_USA_XM 4 Bees Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all channel To cancel the scan mode press the button once again 5 EI Button Displays the information of the current channel in the order of Artist Song title Category Channel name Current Play ChannelArtist Song _ titlesCategory Channel name when the button is pressed each time The complete text information is not displayed rotate the tune button to see the next page 6 Button CATEGORY
213. ing dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have b
214. ing lights and chime will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights and chime won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After you close the trunk lid and engine hood the hazard warning lights blink once dn i n i i i n Features of your vehicle Using the transmitter if equipped Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key from the ignition switch 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and trunk lid are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds hazard warning lights blink and the horn sounds once to confirm that the system is armed If any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights or and horn won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After you close all doors trunk lid and engine hood the hazard warning lights blink once Using the mechanical key Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine and remove the key from the ignition switch if equipped 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and trunk lid are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by
215. ing up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the externa
216. inse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits or engine and related components located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components and air duct inside the vehicle as this may damage them Maintenance C 1 06 __1 Lee 876 r Re rrr _ Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wip
217. inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Front side marker Follow steps 1 to 5 from previous page 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out the bulb 8 Insert a new bulb 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Fog light bulbs if equipped If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance 5 sl uo H ida 1 i Sg ee Pos ese OMDO70031 Side repeater light bulb replace Rear combination light bulb Outside light ment if equipped replacement 1 Open the trunk lid If the light bulb is not operating have the 1 Tail light 2 Remove the service cover by pulling out vehicle checked by an authorized 2 Back up light the service cover HYUNDAI dealer 3 Tail light 4 Rear turn signal light 5 Stop tail light 6 Side marker Maintenance Tail light
218. inserting the key into the key hole on the front outside door handle and turning the key toward the front of the vehicle If any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the theft alarm will not arm NOTICE If you lock or unlock the doors by using the mechanical key the hazard warning light won t operate Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leave the vehicle If any door or trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm Features of your vehicle Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key or mechani cal key e The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds The alarm will repeat once more unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the mechanical key or transmitter or smart key Opening the trunk with the alarm armed if equipped When the alarm is armed the alarm will not sound if the trunk lid is opened with the transmitter or smart key O
219. ion e Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facility Before refueling note the loca tion of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones w
220. ish Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized Hyundai Dealerships A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 Information Provided by 6 DEALER Introduction a Your vehicle at a glance PSI Safety features of your vehicle 3 Features of your vehicle 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS ee ee eee 5 What to do in an emergency 6 7 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects oe index Ia Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction Iwee_ r S F __ yy mhiR gt mr L L_ 0LMYVIMI TT IIIiIiIir r1rT 1h ryrrYI M 1 l l1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving experience from your vehicle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recom mend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the text in this manual to best explain how to use your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents A good place
221. ith road conditions e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transaxle will upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condi
222. itration shall be administered by and through the American Arbitration Association AAA You will not be responsible for paying fil ing and hearing fees above 275 00 All other arbitration costs shall be borne by Hyundai Motor America You are not responsible to pay any of the costs Hyundai incurs This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall not deprive you of any remedies avail able to you under applicable law The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court including the right to a jury trial This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the Federal Arbitration Act 9 U S C sec tions 1 16 Judgment upon any award may be entered in any court having juris diction You may revoke this Arbitration Agreement by 1 written notice or 2 electronic notice Written notice must be delivered via certified mail to Hyundai Motor America Attn Consumer Affairs 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20849 Fountain Valley CA 92728 0849 Electronic notice must be submitted at the following website address http war ranty arbitration hyundaiUSA com Notice must be received within 90 days after you purchase your vehicle n i n i E n i n Index Index Automate fansaxle rr 5 15 5 19 Ignition key interlock system Air bags E OE EE E E OE E E 3 34 Shift lock system ET RENEE EEEE EEEIEE EAA 5 18 Alr Dag Warming 1ADE rincari 3 60 BS PDO NOS Di
223. ives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives N Maintenance E x b c E_ gt amp X SNC MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3 750 MILES 6 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS A B C D E F G H I K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B H AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM A C E F G l MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75 000 MILES 120 000 KM A C E F G FRONT BRAKE DISC PADS CALIPERS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR BRAKE DISC PADS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G F PARKING BRAKE MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL JOINT MORE FREQUENTLY ADE TON DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS C D E F G H CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER MORE FREQUENTLY CE FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8 km in normal F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F
224. justment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OMD030004 Seat cushion height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times el Safety features of vour vehicle OMG038400 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision a I OMD030010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold t
225. l Driving your vehicle Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage e Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into R Reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three sec onds then shift to the R Reverse position e Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever To move the shift lever from the P Park position t
226. l USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio XM or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by Continued Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided or sold separately is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc
227. l additive 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 78 months Q Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose L Replace engine oil and filter 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months O Add fuel additive 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months 1 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance e aaan6n6k h hn_ nlnlnl1n1 lnR0R0RknknR0RMnRqoqo K _ D1m mimnmMmMmmzm 5 E EE a i NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 84 months 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 90 months L Rotate tire L Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect
228. l not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system N CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Hyundai iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Hyundai vehicles The Hyundai iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Hyundai Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjus
229. l these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over Maintenance Eee e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage
230. lace the jack at the front or rear 9 Insert the jack handle into the jack terclockwise one turn each but do jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise raising the not remove any nut until the tire you are changing Place the jack vehicle until the tire just clears the has been raised off the ground at the designated locations under ground This measurement is the frame approximately 1 2 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage dn i i el What to do in an emergency 10 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs 11 To reinstall the wheel hold it on 12 the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise What to
231. lamp b ee eee TP eeeeecgeeuecoe N dn i i n i i n Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A E ype B 1 Front windshield defrost button 5 Air intake control button 2 Mod
232. lat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi ble or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI may dam age the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be elem inated when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may blink or illumi nate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extin guish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is
233. ld be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking
234. le Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop
235. le cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er where you drive your car you should carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Type A Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight gt Cn Vehicle capacity weight Type B a apre i i Ran pra gt A 849 Ibs 385 kg ia E Wi ere s _ Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo tI tl La ni at a ara ee OMD050040N OMD050041N OMD050042N OMD050043N OMD050044N OMD050045N Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons
236. le wipe Operates as follows when the ignition remove all snow and ice and defrost OFF Off switch is turned ON the windshield properly prior to INT Intermittent wipe MIST For a single wiping cycle push operating the windshield wipers LO Low wiper speed the lever upward and release it HI High wiper speed with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continu B Intermittent wipe time adjustment ously if the lever is pushed upward and held C Wash with brief wipes OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed Features of your vehicle A CAUTION CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the e To prevent possible damage to washer pump do not operate the the wipers or windshield do not washer when the fluid reservoir is operate the wipers when the empty windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually OYF049101 Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is
237. les 192 000 km or 96 months 2 Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition U Inspect vacuum hose 2 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant 2 Inspect brake hoses and lines 2 Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 2 Inspect front brake disc pads calipers _ Inspect rear brake disc pads if equipped 2 Inspect rear brake drums linings if equipped 2 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint 2 Inspect suspension mounting bolts L Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid 2 Inspect fuel filter 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections 2 Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped 2 Inspect parking brake 2 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap 2 Inspect drive belts First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Continued Continued 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace engine oil and filter 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 102 months 2 Rotate tire 2 Inspect battery condition 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect vacuum hose L Replace engine oil and filter 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months Q Add
238. llection and event data recorders EDR 1 6 Compact spare tire replacement 7 41 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 36 loin 5 46 MTC CAL PARRA E AR E ITA 7 36 Certification JAbEL ccricia 5 49 LIMANA ina 7 41 Vehicle stability management 5 30 Tire replacement iii ra 7 40 LOR E O A 5 51 Leila ln 7 38 Base curb weight sioni 5 51 Tire sidewall labeling criniera nonna 7 42 Cargo weight iii 5 51 Toe e O a eE EEA 7 41 GAW Gross axle weight cicsscccssccseccaderesaedeabeeradeores 5 51 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 39 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 51 VS Se Chica 7 41 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 51 Tires and wheels cccsccssccssccesscesccavscevscasseovscasscees 8 3 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 51 Pianoro iti 6 26 Trailer towing rire ss WL Transaxle Automatic transaxle 5 15 Warning and indicators 4 50 Mannal TAS ANC ssppisnasinninien za snai 5 12 WS le EI RR AIA 7 26 Tip CON dee 4 47 CISL lira oi 5 51 bili 4 23 Base curb weight ili 5 51 Cargo weight lied 5 51 U GAW Gross axle weight n 5 51 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 51 Using the tire mobility Kit cccccsseesee
239. lug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold viscosity from the chart weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers temperature C 30 20 10 O0 10 20 30 40 50 F 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Engine Oil noted 1 8 MPI 5W 20 5W 30 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart i ed Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION NUMBE
240. ly such actions could void your warranties te ced Maintenance E aaa a A CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Capacity weight 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Refrigerant label 8 7 Consumer information 8 8 Reporting safety defects 8 9 Binding arbitration 8 9 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts ENGINE BULB WATTAGE tem Gasotine 1 8 Light Bulb Bulb Type Displacement cu in cc 109 66 1797 Headlights Low ee Bore x Stroke in mm 3 19x3 43 81x87 2 Headlights High 5 0 H o Position lights Side repeater lights LED Front fog li si H27W DIMENSIONS 2357 Tail light ra Le wow Tat iont outside 5 ear tum sional igh ouside 27 tisena _ Figh mounted stop light 21 Paw License plate lig
241. m benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driver and passengers can be severely injured by inflat ing air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is illu minated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a mod erate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Continued e No objects should be placed over e Air bags can only be used once Continued e Even though your vehicle is or near the air bag mo
242. mart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if all doors are closed the chime will sound for about 5 seconds Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is on NOTICE If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If you are not able to replace the fuse you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 sec onds with the engine start stop button in the ACC mode Always depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal if equipped before starting the engine CAUTION Do not press the engine start stop button for more than 5 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is disconnected Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED The shift lever can be moved into any of the forward gears without pressing the button 1 You should press the button 1 when moving the shift lever into reverse OMD050009 Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished To shift gears press the clutch pedal down fully select the desired gea
243. may have as you read this information Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARN ING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle please contact your nearest Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following Eastern Region Connecticut Delaware Maine Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island Vermont Eastern Region 1100 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg NJ 08831 800 633 5151 Southern Region Florida Georgia Maryland North Carolina South Carolina Virginia West Virginia Southern Region 270 Riverside Parkway Suite A Austell GA 30168 800 633 5151 South Central Region Alabama Arkansas Louisiana Mississippi New Mexico Oklahoma Tennessee Texas South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road Suite 400 Coppell TX 75019 800 633 5151 Central Region Illinois Indiana lowa Kentucky Michigan Minnesota Nebraska North Dakota South Dakota Ohio Wisconsin Kansas Missouri Central Region 1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora Illinois 60506 800 633 5151 Western Region Alaska Arizona California Colorado Hawaii Idaho Montana Nevada Ore
244. mmend you to drive at the recom mended postion about 2 in before the maximum slide open positon To close the sunroof autoslide feature move the sunroof control switch forward to the second detent position The sunroof will close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control switch momen tarily Information Provided by OBK049018 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle To close the sunroof Type A Pull the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Type B Pull the sunroof lever downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail e If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the i aed motor could be damaged Tilting the sunroof e While using sunroof for a long To open the sunroof time a dust between sunroof and Push the sunroof control lever upward roof panel can make a noise Open until the sunroo
245. mperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under infla tion warning at the same time as sys tem failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem What to do in an emergency CAUTION e The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navi gation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a f
246. n the vehicle if the engine start stop but ton is depressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be able to start the engine e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and the indicator turns off after 2 seconds the system may need repair Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e When the battery is weak if the engine start stop button is depressed the indi cator will blink and you will not be able to start the engine However you may still be able to start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key If smart key system related parts need repair the indicator blinks Low fuel level warning light N This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds
247. n accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake n i el Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indi cator light blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light amp remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off
248. n for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure What to do in an emergency a ae le i z 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle CAUTION Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pres sure Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Shake the sealant bottle 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto AN the connector of the sealant bottle e 0YN069018 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com 6 Ensure that the compressor is pressor is not pressed switched off position 0 4 Unscrew the valve cap of the dam 7 Connect between compressor and aged tire and connect filling hose the vehicle power outlet using the 2 of the sealant bottle to the cable and connectors valve 8 With the ignition switched on Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the holder 4 of the compressor so that the bottle is upright NOTICE If a foreign object is seen that has punctured the tire do not remove it before using Tire Mobility Kit What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 IMmediately drive approximately 2 miles 3 km to evenly distribute the sealant in
249. nce schedule ali Owner aii cnc rr 7 4 K Scheduled maintenance service uri 7 6 LIE soaker enire E 7 41 Key POSS IRR SE RERS RA 5 5 Maintenance SCHEAULE saccxissasaessnsroresvesnevstennsaseotirocnsrsecenss 7 6 KEYS iii 4 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 17 Normal maintenance schedule 7 7 L Mamtengno SEL VICES rn 7 3 Manual climate control system 4 71 Label Air Conditioning iii 4 76 Air bag warning label 3 60 Climate control air filter zziiirirnriinorensi sin 4 78 Tire sidewall labeling ie 7 42 Heating and air conditioning 1 4 72 Tire specification and pressure label 9 7 Manual transatzle roseninitioniaianie ppi nica 5 12 Vehicle certification label 2 6 Memmory JUSU scena 7 58 Latch system see lower anchor system a NIE 0 EEEE EE A ESRI RARE 4 40 PACT DUDS ci 7 58 Day night rearview mMiTTOT iii zia zionigiini 4 40 Ci 4 61 Inside rearview MITON iiiiiin 4 40 Battery saver IUDCNOD criiiia 4 61 Outside rearview MILTON 1 a rina 4 40 LOWE ANCHORS y SUC lt ciociara recintata 3 32 Moonroot SCE SUNO issii AeA Lubricants and capacities ieri 8 4 MILE snai 4 92 Luggage net holder ie Rei 4 92 Mai REA 7 52 116 Index NO L
250. nce the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will be locked automati cally and the system will be armed again Also if any of the doors or hood is opened while the trunk lid is open and the alarm is armed the alarm will sound Disarmed stage Using the smart key if equipped The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the smart key or press ing the lock unlock button of the front out side door handle with the smart key in your possession After unlocking the doors the hazard warning lights and chime will operate twice to indicate that the system is dis armed After unlocking the doors if any door is not opened within 30 seconds the sys tem will be rearmed Using the transmitter if equipped The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter After unlocking the doors the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After unlocking the doors if any door is not opened within 30 seconds the sys tem will be rearmed dn i i n Features of your vehicle Using the mechanical key The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked with the mechanical Key NOTICE If you lock or unlock the doors by using the mechanical key the hazard warning light and chime sound won t operate NOTICE Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle
251. nd let it drop Make sure that it locks into place Features of vour vehicle FUEL FILLER LID art A Puo i dig tali MA n hay n Pa a a 3 tag a da Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling the fuel filler lid opener switch NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OMD040025 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener switch 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explos
252. nd only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes Drivine vour vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake
253. nd storing the spare tire 6 13 Flat tire with tire MOBILIO 6 20 Components of the tire mobility kit 6 22 piee E E AUG E EE AA RASTA 6 25 Using the tire mobility kit iii 6 23 Floor mat anchor s sivinswesscensscdavadecsonecesvecavevdarvaisdcranonnes 4 96 Fluid Brakes cl teh TIC ccsscccstsansasssortaseadssonsensenveccencesnsnds 7 25 VE Te PRE E A 7 26 Folding the fear SC sneteecenccuctascancsustontetenasdadentsvacdasncetones 3 11 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor 3 18 Front seat GAIUS EMCI ppi 3 5 LC ZIE 1 E E S T 4 31 Lucilla 4 46 Fuel We ECOG i ynccceseoe nsnaceseecssuacesacenucedeseoenevedenatonsonsennne 1 3 eni 7 49 FUSI 7 51 Fuse relay panel CESCIPpton ina 7 53 Instrument panel fuse scecscsnssavaveeznusedasessensesananenenenncs 7 50 MEE assoni E E 7 52 LIRE CIRO E E A S T AE 7 52 EGES Gauge Engine temperature gauge scri 4 45 TS EE e AE E E E 4 46 EEEE T A A ia 4 98 Glassroof see sunroof iii rien 4 34 OOC 4 91 H Hazard warning flasher sro 4 60 Hazardous driving conditions 5 38 Headlight bulbaeplatemeht ai 7 58 Headrest siria 3 6 3 9 Highway C0 U0 os seccosy ness ences sonst vices sadtesusdasedvevadsatadcualine 5 41 HO 4 29 HOF otite 4 39 How to use this manual ia ui 1 2 Ignition Key interlock system cia 5 19 Immobilize
254. ng in a narrow street Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Remote contro Manual type if equipped The outside rearview mirrors are equipped with a remote control for your convenience It is operated by the control lever in the bottom front corner of the window Before driving away always check that your mirrors are positioned so you can see behind you both to the left and right sides as well as directly behind your vehicle When using the mirror always exercise caution when attempting to judge the distance of vehicles behind or along side of you 7 OMD040035N Electric type if equipped The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position or engine is running Push the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a co
255. nglish Active Active Active Active MO NEI 1 Osec i a Information Provided by 5 z F 7 er 19 SALE a Before driving 5 3 Key 5 5 Engine start stop button 5 8 Manual transaxle 5 12 Automatic transaxle 5 15 Brake system 5 21 Cruise control system 5 31 Active ECO system 5 35 Economical operation 5 36 Special driving conditions 5 38 Winter driving 5 42 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit 5 46 Vehicle weight 5 51 Trailer towing 5 52 Driving your vehicle A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and
256. ni front passenger in the ON position the map tion switch is turned off DOOR In the DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp stay on If your vehicle is equipped with the theft lamp and the room lamp come continuously alarm system the interior lights automat on when any door is opened e ON Map lamp and room lamp stay on ically turn off approximately 5 seconds regardless of the ignition at all times after the system is in the armed stage switch position e OFF The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by pressing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even if the switch 2 is in the OFF position Features of your vehicle ee ue cae gt Room lamp Trunk lamp if equipped Vanity mirror lamp if equipped To turn the room lamp ON or OFF push The trunk room lamp comes on when the Pull the sunvisor downward and you can the switch trunk is opened turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF by pushing the button AN CAUTION A CAUTION e 4 To turn the lamp ON Do not leave the lamp switches on The trunk lamp comes on as long O To turn the lamp OFF for an extended period of time when as the trunk lid is open To prevent the vehicle is not running unnecessary charging system N CAUTION drain close the trunk lid securely To prevent unnecessary charging after using the trunk system drain turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the
257. nia nossa assai 3 17 DES Dili 3 46 Drivme at mMeDi niro criteria 5 39 Driving in flooded fedina 5 40 Driving in the cina 5 40 Economical OPClAlON cisecoscsesscessassausaanteetoxseeesdseunnnnncereces 5 36 EDR see Vehicle data collection and eyent data recorders nae ahassaqos camamatinecesentenscasanvandes 1 6 Electric PRI 4 38 Electronic stability control ESC ciccia 5 26 Load 6 4 JORDI sinti 6 4 Pasmo E ee cases cu eae sens EA 6 5 Emergency while driving oceccsesssssnssasoncadenvacestavessinnestncannes 6 2 Emission control system s cstsvscassesenravesdececasdscscsrcnseeetes 7 73 Crankcase emission control system 7 73 Evaporative emission control system 7 73 Exhaust emission control system 7 74 LU RR eee ee ee E 8 2 Engine compartment rsrsrsr naiean 2 4 7 2 Engine COOlanE ira 7 22 Engine number iii ei 8 7 1 4 E 1 E E E EE 7 21 MICI CLONI SE BRERA A RE E 6 6 Engine start stop button sii 5 8 Engine temperature gauge siiec cossosussvnessnvessovnsensansuessnavacs 4 45 Engine Will 0a 6 3 Evaporative emission control System 7 73 Exhaust emission control system 7 74 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 18 ERE ani 7 67 F Flat tire with spare tire ii 6 12 E a i E T 6 13 Compact Spare UTE io tia 6 18 Jack and IO Spora nN Ner aaa 6 12 Removing a
258. non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Important use of compact spare tire if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire it will take up less space than a regular size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compaci spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary What to do in an emergency When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed
259. normally WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 10 inches 250 mm away from the steering wheel dn i n i i Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear seat backs The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is sec
260. not extinguished after a iew minutes of driving please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated by a HYUNDAI dealer If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitor ing system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant except the Tire Mobility Kit approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors WARNING TPMS e The TPNS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused
261. nspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk of the parking brake may freezing apply it only tem porarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehic
262. nt passenger occupant classification system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant classification system 1 Adult or child age 13 and up 3 Unoccupied 4 Malfunction in the system 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front pas senger seat the system may recog nize him her as an adult depending upon his her physique or sitting posi tion PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator light SRS Front passenger warning light air bag Activated Deactivated Activated 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 2 Infant or child restraint system with i Off Deactivated 12 months old on o 0 Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash front passenger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat board pocket 1KMN3664 OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 64 Never place feet on the front pas Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center senger seatback front passenger seatback console FADZAL Never sit on one side o
263. ntly pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Map lamp Room lamp Sunvisor lamp 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings OM D070044 OM D070043 0MD070045 0TD079035 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing r
264. nts also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill 9 4 23 US at 4 0 API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above Manual transaxle fluid 2 01 US at 1 9 J API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co Coolant Manual transaxle 6 34 US at 6 0 Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base Automatic transaxle 6 23 US qt 5 9 coolant for aluminum radiator 0 7 0 8 US qt Brake clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your Country you are able to use API service SL Automatic transaxle fluid 7 71 US at 7 3 J Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defeccts Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler p
265. o John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call x Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call x Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt Features of your vehicle m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name o
266. obility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This Instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit WARNING Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely dam aged by driving while flat or with insufficient air pressure Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the Tire Mobility Kit Damage to the sidewall must not be repaired due to safety reasons What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make pass ing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Before using the Tire Mobility Kit read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the
267. om hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum serv ice your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Ov
268. omes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but with out the assistance of the anti lock brake system Features of your vehicle If the ABS warning light turns on while driving 1 Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine 2 Turn on the engine again 3 If the warning light illuminates and turns off in approximately 3 seconds the system is operating normally If the warning light does not turn off have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Electronic brake force distri bution EBD system warning light BRAKE If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Seat belt warning K The driver s seat belt warning light and
269. or place any acces sories drink holder CD or discs holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become a dangerous pro jectile and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates B240B05L be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light 2 does not illumi nate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued connect a battery terminal turn
270. or smart key the headlights will turn off immediately Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The headlight are ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops dn i n i i n Features of your vehicle OXM049110 OAM049041 OAM049042 Lighting control Parking light position 2004 Headlight position 20 The light switch has a Headlight and a When the light switch is in the parking When the light switch is in the headlight Parking light position light position the tail position and position the head tail license and instru To operate the lights turn the knob at the license plate lights will turn on and the ment panel lights will turn on end of the control lever to one of the fol tail light indicator will turn on lowing positions NOTICE 1 OFF position The ignition switch must be in the ON Parking light position position to turn on the headlights 2 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle OMD040095 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the
271. original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle 1JBA4068 Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires a
272. orn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km j Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom
273. ot place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you may burn your self Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode CAUTION When cleaning spilled liquids do not dry the cup holder at high tem peratures This may damage the chrome part of the cup holder E Front nl lie OMD040136 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders OHD046089L Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use a sunvisor pull it downward To use a sunvisor for a side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 3 Adjust the sunvisor extension equipped forward or backward 4 if Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor Always
274. our foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake applica tion will cause the brakes to over heat and could result in a tempo rary loss of braking performance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal AX WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sud
275. p the lights on when the ignition key is removed smart key turns off the engine per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlamp delay if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON the headlights remain on for about 20 minutes However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or Auto position However if you turn the light switch to the Auto position when it is dark outside the headlights will not be turned off CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors other than the driver s door the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay does not turn off automatically This will cause the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle Headlamp welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and trunk are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or the smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds At this time if you press the door lock button on the transmitter
276. ponents do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade Type A 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal E Type B Front windshield wiper blade Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Maintenance OYF079061 amp 0YF079062 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then pull 3 Install the new blade assembly in the down the blade assembly and remove reverse order of removal it Maintenance BATTERY OMD070016 For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the b
277. procedures The CRUISE indicator light in the nate Release the accelerator at the Push the RES switch and hold it Your instrument cluster will illuminate same time The desired speed will auto vehicle will accelerate Release the 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which di may slow switch at the speed you want MISE RS Oro ene DA SO down or speed up slightly while going i P ush the RES switch and release i uphill or downhill immediately The cruising speed will increase 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle OMD050036N To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain e Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the SET switch is operated in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manua transaxle OMD050034N Shift the shift lever into N Neutral with an
278. r instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Introduction E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage compon
279. r may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Maintenance n MMM Air cleaner filter A Genuine HYUNDAI air cle
280. r modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation OBH048004 Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the smart key is not work ing properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle Pry open the rear cover of the smart Key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal CAUTION e The smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use how ever it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using
281. r system scccosnccssauscanseonussasscancascins esncmienemarnccsted 4 4 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Indicators and warnings oo csecn cesuscdnnssencoasendssgriniacdessansioand 4 50 Inside rearview MITO 4 40 Instrument CLUSICD ccessncannsesseraganevedeneanceasecsncnaesinarsueamasiness 4 43 Engine temperature galge cassierestcssdecercserndseesiaesocts 4 45 PO EU T E EA E A 4 46 LUSTRI rr 4 44 Instrument panel illumination 4 44 Onion 4 47 19155 OIC be sorasta erian EANES ER 4 44 Ta O Ea EE E E 4 45 WD COmMmp tEi PRA FOA SOR ARCAICA 4 47 Warning and indicators science 4 50 Insr ment panel TUSE aseceres fcasatosnetganssexasceeredonstecanntuna 7 50 Instrument panel illumination nananana 4 44 Instrument panel overview sens cccecsnssesesensnscusacsncndeovesenescits 2 3 E aa CAS crono 7 71 LR EEROETCA IS iii 4 93 Aux USB and iPod Portati 4 97 Clones Danger sersem siren iors iienkpr rn RNEER NE RRA 4 96 Index Cipolla 4 93 M BIO ORA E 4 95 Floor mat anchor s i 4 96 Milla 7 52 Power outlet 4 94 Maintenance SUR ri 4 93 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items I 18 JED Gi 8 11 OD E E A ASA 4 68 Maintenance SETVICES scxsssnscenranpansassenestinesnyenstsenarennarie ie DCR ai a 2 2 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 17 Interlock SYSTE ERRE BRR ARR RO FIR ORARIE SERIE IA 5 19 Normal maintena
282. r with the gearshift lever and release the clutch pedal slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The button 1 located at the bottom front of the shift knob must be pressed and held in while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone CAUTION e When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadver tently press the shift lever side ways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine and transaxle may possibly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e f you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever in the neutral pos
283. ration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Maintenance E Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure
284. re thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use gen uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after going over the instruction Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty When using tire chains install them on the front tires only CAUTION e Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow do
285. ressing the unlock button Central Door Unlock Mode Unlock mode can be switched between Two Stage Unlock Mode and Central Door Unlock Mode as follows Press the lock button 1 and unlock button 2 at the same time for 5 seconds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times Trunk unlock 3 The trunk is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Also once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will be locked automati cally Panic 4 The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec ond To stop the horn and lights press any button except the trunk button on the transmitter Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur e The ignition key is in ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m e The battery in the transmitter is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal e The weather is extremely cold e The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any
286. rformance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat ing M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Maintenance Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your car is equipped with snow tires Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed CAUTION Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and
287. rk properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position e After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it fe A CAUTION OMD040026 Do not continue to move the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is in the fully open closed or tilt position Damage to the motor or system components could occur If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle mlt Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manual slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position To open the sunroof autoslide feature press the sunroof control switch back ward to the second detent position The sunroof will slide to the recommend ed open position about 2 in before the maximum slide open position To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily To open the sunroof to the maximum slide open position press the the switch towards the rear of the vehicle once again and hold it until the sunroof slide all the way open NOTICE To reduce wind noise while driving we reco
288. rresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the select ed mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment el Features of your vehicle CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the mirror OMD040036N Folding the outside rearview mirror if equipped To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 7 TRIP OT he ey F RAKGENSG ET I ARRE ei i Li palana n 120 fat nie 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Fuel gauge 7 Odometer Trip computer E Type B The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ a 07 from the illustration n log a For more details refer to the Gauges sec tion in the next pages OMD040040N OMD040040A Features of your vehicle Sl OMD040043 Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on press the upper or lower part of the switch to adjust
289. s 4 All doors will unlock The hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound two times NOTICE After pressing the button the doors will lock automatically unless any door is opened within 30 seconds n i kt il Features of your vehicle Trunk unlocking Using the trunk handle button 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the trunk handle button 3 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatical ly NOTICE The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40in 0 7 1m from the trunk handle Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the trunk unlock button 3 for more than 1 second 2 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Panic 1 Press the panic button 4 for more than 1 5 second 2 The horn sounds and hazard warning light flash for about 30 seconds NOTICE To stop the horn and lights press any button on the smart Key Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to the Engine start stop button in section 5 Loss of the smart key A maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg istered to a single vehicle If you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine You should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer tow the vehi
290. s Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Do not ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and los ing their effectiveness lt also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slow ly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Use caution when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is a
291. s explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er n i i el Maintenance C o _________________oePzPoyyro r _o _u___uo uo u omurr mm uoouuuuu ou OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehicle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires Maintenance Eee While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased ste
292. s on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent addi tions are required see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection i el Maintenance Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to pre vent corrosion and freezing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage volume Temperature Antifreeze FE CISC CORI so 40 F F 31 49 F 35 C 45 C Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as
293. s properly sit ting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator will be turned off and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deacti vates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions kt ll Safety features of your vehicle Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back C040301ABH Condition and operation in the fro
294. s the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the desti nation Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a seperate manual Bluetooth hands free if equipped You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands free is described in the Audio section in this chapter or in the manual supplied separately dn i n i i i n Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID high intensity discharge head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction CAUTION Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam age to the antenna elements e Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni Cd and so on These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals Antenna Glass antenna if equipped When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition key is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the antenna in the rear window glass Features of your vehicle W OMD040139 Steering wheel audio control if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously 1 VOLUME VO
295. seat belt deployment I The SRS air bag warning light AF on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out W7 147 Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 e DOAODODI Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 E B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the drivers or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols el Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag Continued Before you replace a fuse or dis WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may A x WARNING e Do not install
296. seat exces sively reclined leaning on the door or center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the occu pant classification system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied as a child and illumination of the PASS AIR BAG OFF indica tor Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If the occupant classification sys tem is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant classification system If there is a malfunction of the occupant classi fication system the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag warning light does not illu minate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu pant classification system and the SRS air bag system as
297. seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are N CAUTION located in the left and right outboard rear Do not allow the rear seat belt web seating positions Their locations are bing to get scratched or pinched by shown in the illustration There is no the child seat latch and LATCH LATCH anchor provided for the center anchor during the installation rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 Drivers front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag if equipped 4 Curtain air bag if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
298. sed by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury WARNING Child restraint anchorage Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Safety features of vour vehicle cca 5 p i Lower Anchor i fh o res ii ion LL i k ROL ee fi i j l ie Li i VE n di e _ B230D01NF d Securing a child restraint seat with Child restraint symbols are located on child seat lower anchor system the left and right rear seat backs to indi Some child seat manufacturers make cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraint seats that are labeled as Child restraints LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific
299. sedeeracperetenturnanasannas 6 5 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor 3 18 Hight adjustment pozioni 3 17 Pr tensioner seat Delf iii 3 20 SETE belt warning ssssssssssssssssssersseseersssereeerreerreee 3 16 i 1 7 Index Seat belts hight adjustment sacri 3 17 Seat warmer s o sesseseseseseseseserseseseserseseseserseseseo 3 7 3 10 SCRLDACE DOCK fessis 3 8 RC E A A A T 3 2 EAI E E A E ae 3 11 Folding the rear SCA lira 3 12 Front seat adj stMeEni riad 3 5 HEAdleSt cccriirioni cationi rara 3 6 3 9 Elsa 3 9 Seat WALMMef jiiiiir iii 3 7 3 10 BC ALAC K POE 3 8 SMift TOC IS VSC cc inncnaenencnanccascctnasanasencdstesesensiodentiansnedacs 5 18 SUPERATI iaia 3 50 Sliding GTM CS sssrinin SOR SOR RAR 4 90 SCO E A eases T 4 6 SIO CUCL MCAS PRPRIRORIRER OA FOSTER IE OOO 5 39 SII O VISO SICA ZA ALPINA TORE ORE RARE RA I 5 42 Spare tire COMPITI 6 18 Compact spare tire replacement 7 41 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 13 Special driving conditions sicncccccasncnespeteieatepsdreioanasevers 5 38 Divine dii 5 39 Driving in flooded areas sirena diario 5 40 Driving in TN rali aaa 5 40 Hazardous driving conditions 5 38 Highway driving sesesseererereserreesrressseee eoe e ang 5 41 Rocking the vehicle gg 5 38 E m lt E
300. set wireless remocon etc For more information visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth system supports 3 types of languages o English Canadian French US Spanish NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time Some phones are not fully compatible with this system The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Rejecta Call Press EgY button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering whe
301. sible NOTICE When the charging system warning light comes on or the voltage is low when the alteranator or battery does not operate normally or it malfunctions the steer ing wheel may get heavy and become dif ficult to control operate abnormally Front fog light indicator if equipped 40 This light comes on when the front fog lights are ON Trunk lid open warning light can This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid is not closed securely with the ignition in any position Door open warning light Ma This indicator illuminates when a door is not closed securely dn i i i i Features of your vehicle Immobilizer indicator if equipped Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer With smart key system if equipped If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or the light goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position the indicator will illuminate until the engine is started However when the smart key is not i
302. smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a Set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat TO IT ed in the driver s side panel bolster the me Hg other in the engine compartment Normal Blown If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse p
303. stments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation dn i i i i n Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OYF049213 Smart key function 1 Door lock 2 Door unlock 3 Trunk unlock 4 Panic With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and trunk and even start the engine without inserting the key Refer to the following for more details OMD040008 Locking Using the door handle button 1 Close all doors engine hood and trunk 2 Press the button of the outside door handle 3 The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 4 Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside the vehicle or pulling the outside door handle NOTICE e The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40in 0 7 1m from the outside door handle e Even though you press the outside door handle button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur The smart key is in the vehicle The engine start stop button is in ACC or ON position Any door e
304. straint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a chil
305. system off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the e position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 3 447 position Features of your vehicle Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desire
306. t ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued r When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly tt r ge lg Detachable USB AUX i All in one USB AUX When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals When disconnecting the iPod dis connect both the USB AUX termi nal The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle MD_USA_iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 Wi e Button e Press the RWAN button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous track
307. t ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight Features of vour vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Using the smart key if equipped Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and trunk lid are closed and latched 3 e Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights and chime will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the doors won t lock and the chime will sound for 3 sec onds Close the door and try again to lock the doors If trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights and chime won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After you close the trunk lid and engine hood the hazard warning lights blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the lock but ton on the smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warn
308. t twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wear ing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occu pant Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occu pant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap Safety features of vour vehicle Vehicle Chime t Belt Light Blink Below 3 mph 6 d N Buckled gt 3 mph 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mphj 6 sec on 24 sec off Seat belt warning for driver s s
309. tall a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OMD030054A Pull tne shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Automatic locking child restraint mode OMD030055A Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode If no dis tinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of vour vehicle O A 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the re
310. tch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification kl Maintenance C 0 _ L IL Ct____ 1l1 L rrrrrrrrr rmmrPyrm Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning
311. tch to the START posi tion in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it dn i o i n n Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED OMD050005 Illuminated engine start stop but ton if equipped Whenever the front door is opened the engine start stop button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off immediately when the engine start stop button is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed Engine start stop button position OFF e with manual transaxle To turn off the engine stop the vehicle then press the engine start stop button with the engine start stop button ON e with automatic transaxle To turn off the engine press the engine start stop button with the engine start stop button ON and the shift lever in P Park When you press the engine start stop button without the shift lever in P Park the engine start stop button does not turn to the OFF position but to the ACC position NOTICE When you turn off the engine the vehi cle should be stopped Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory e with manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal e with automatic transaxle
312. te take your car to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure tell tale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside te
313. ted in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle NOTICE We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing j Drivine vour vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity 849 Ibs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs das 750 Ibs a ee 815 Ibs 136 kg eig 340 kg eig 370 kg Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 163 Ibs 74 kg x 5 Available Cargo and 549 Ibs Available Cargo and 99 Ibs Available Cargo and 34 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg o Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 15 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle OBH059070 Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pillar T
314. tems inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can Cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s specifications and the certifica tion label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight incl
315. ter button e Air intake control button e Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 23 C OMD040111 NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of vour vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob s other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob s selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Nas Cooling ye 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows py SH 7 lt 7 7 Refer
316. that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position i OHD036019 To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Lockin
317. the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating what may dis turb driving such as audio or heater It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely Driving your vehicle KEY Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 sec onds when the door is closed OYF059016 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked if equipped and electrical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning t
318. the fuse panel in the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable compartment 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one ofthe 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal removal x NOTICE If the main or multi fuse is blown con sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label E DAs TE DEAGH Bo roy Tony a i e T eee dn i n i i i Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component START 7 5A W O Smart Key ICM Relay Box Burglar Alarm Relay With Smart Key A T Transaxle Range Switch M T ECM E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start 1 Relay Smart Key Control Module MAG Contro Mede TTT A CON SW A C Control Module MODULE 2 Electro Chromic Mirror ESC Off Switch SPARE 1 10A MODULE 4 Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH RH IN OUT A C Control Module Auto A C ATM Lev
319. the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback dn i n el Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle To fold down the rear seatback 1 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 2 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position e OMD030026 3 Pull on the seatback folding lever locat ed in the trunk Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When folding the rear seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback N CAUTION Rear seat belts e When returning the rear seat backs to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help k
320. the tire CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 50mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride dis turbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or tow ing Setting the tire inflation pressure 12 After driving approximately 2 miles 3 km stop at a suitable location 13 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 14 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 15 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to 32 psi 220 kPa With the igni tion switched on proceed as fol lows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire reading the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor N CAUTION Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it 16 Remove the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place in the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind you not to
321. the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance n EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Owners Handbook amp Warranty Information book let in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manu al Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch e A
322. the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the smart key don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED 3 T 2 4 ONF048011 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors trunk and hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the horn will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights and or the horn will not operate But if all doors trunk lid and engine hood are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 Driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed twice within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked If no doors are opened within 30 seconds after unlocking them the doors will automatically lock again NOTICE You can change the system to unlock all doors by one p
323. thor ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED OM D060002 1 L Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a s
324. tion OMD050031 Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap 1 covering the shift lock access hole 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi ately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the key also cannot be removed If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINE START STOP button the button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are
325. to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window SO switch in opposing directions at mm OMD040020A the same time If this is done the Power window lock button window will stop and cannot be opened or closed e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on a front and rear pas senger door by pressing the power window lock button located on the dri vers door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the front and rear passen ger door power windows Features of your vehicle HOOD OMD040022N 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the secondary latch 1 inside of the hood center and lift the hood 2 OMD040021 Opening the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly i LI 0MD040023 3 Pull out the support rod from the engine room 4 Hold the hood open with the support rod Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft 30 cm above the closed position a
326. to start is the index it has an alpha betical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGS CAU TIONS and NOTICES in this manual These WARNINGS were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates that a condi tion may result in damage to your vehicle if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction COE FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with o
327. ton on the audio system until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system e Bluetooth compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth cellular phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth streaming enabled for example i e Menu FilemanagerMusic OptionPlay via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth cellular phone music streaming stop music play back on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM XM CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select Phone item by rotating the knob then push the button 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the button e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered with the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phon
328. tractor will automatically switch from the Automatic locking mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage Tether Anchor system Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Automatic locking mode by attempt ing to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Automatic locking mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully Safety features of your vehicle 1 Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not prop erly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manu facturer s instructions for installa tion and use AX WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load cau
329. ubstitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly What to do in an emergency NOTICE If the TPMS indicator does not illu minate for 3 seconds when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON posi tion or engine is running or if it comes on after blinking for approxi mately one minu
330. uding cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 If you have a flat tire with spare tire 6 12 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 20 Towing 6 26 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency di pa T OMD060001N Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It shou
331. ulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle dn i el Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for re
332. urely latched by pushing it forward and rearwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures Continued Continued e Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area or on the folded rear seatback If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or reverse without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident WARNING Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire Safety features of your vehicle Front seat Manual adjustment Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward 1 Pull the seat slide ad
333. urned on e Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indica tor will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off eWhen starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a problem When operating When the ESC is in operation f ESC indicator light blinks lt lt Vhen the Electronic Stability Control is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase ESC operation off ESC OFF state e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again eege OFF Mm ESC indicator light ee m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The
334. use deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions rollover accidents because air bag deployment would not provide protec tion to the occupants Side impact and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care Continued The SRS is virtually maintenance free e If the air bags inflate they must WARNING and so there are no parts you can safely Modification to SRS components service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when you turn the ignition on or continu ously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury Not only the modification of the parts w
335. use the sunvisor exten sion after swing the sunvisor to the side Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running CAUTION Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Hour 1 Pressing the H button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour Minute 2 Pressing the M button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute Display conv
336. vehicle CAUTION e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work prop erly OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running Features of vour vehicle OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A Green arrow indicators on the instru ment panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator contin ues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move t
337. wer steering uses a motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering sys tem becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by a power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for optimum steering control Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illu minate The steering gets heavy immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK OFF position A motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally
338. wing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporar ily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook attached to the front or under the rear of the vehicle dn i i n i What to do in an emergency Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook e Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle e Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull strai
339. with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system dn i n n n i n Safety features of your vehicle Air bag warning label if equipped Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Keys 4 3 Smart key 4 6 Remote keyless entry 4 12 Theft alarm system 4 15 Door locks 4 19 Trunk 4 23 Windows 4 25 Hood 4 29 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 31 Sunroof 4 34 Steering wheel
340. wn until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations lf you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system I
341. xcept the trunk is open Features of your vehicle Using the button on the smart key 1 Close all doors engine hood and trunk 2 Press the lock button 1 3 The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 4 Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle Unlocking Using the door handle 1 Press the button of the driver s outside door handle 2 The drivers door will unlock The haz ard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times 3 Press the button once more with in 4 seconds 4 All doors will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times If you press the button of the front pas sengers outside door handle while carrying the smart key all doors will unlock NOTICE The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40in 0 7 1m from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40in 0 7 1m from the front outside door handle other peo ple can also open the doors After unlocking the driver s door or all doors the door s will lock auto matically unless the door is opened Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the unlock button 2 of the smart key 2 The driver s door will unlock The haz ard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times 3 Press the unlock button 2 once more within 4 second
342. xtended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Continued children are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recom mended that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a for ward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The occupant classification sys tem may not work properly if water coffee or any other liquid including rain gets on the seat Keep the front seat dry at all times Continued such as a laptop computer on the front passenger seat Its elec tronic field may cause the OCS to switch to the on condition and thus allow the passenger air bag to deploy needlessly in a colli sion increasing your repair costs A smaller stature adult in the front passenger seat who is not seated correctly for example
343. y weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Maintenance n luU ll Is Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

SÉRIE Z ZA2S - Came Europe  Soehnle Bathroom Aids 7850.02 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file